1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GNU CC.
10 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
15 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 GNU General Public License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
25 /* TODO: Implement .debug_str handling, and share entries somehow.
26 Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
27 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
28 out locations for types and decls.
29 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
30 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
32 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
33 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
34 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
35 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
44 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
46 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
59 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
65 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
66 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
69 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
71 || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp)
76 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
78 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
79 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
80 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
83 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
84 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
85 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
87 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
88 Information instructions. The register number, offset
89 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
90 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
92 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
94 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
95 long int dw_cfi_offset;
96 const char *dw_cfi_addr;
97 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
101 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
103 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
104 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
105 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
106 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
110 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
111 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
112 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
113 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
114 of this structure. */
115 typedef struct cfa_loc
120 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
123 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
124 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
125 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This used of a single
126 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
127 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
129 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
131 const char *dw_fde_begin;
132 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
133 const char *dw_fde_end;
134 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
139 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
140 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
142 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
144 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
147 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
148 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
149 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
150 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
152 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
153 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
156 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
157 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
158 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
161 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
162 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
165 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
167 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
168 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
169 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
171 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
172 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
173 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
174 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
176 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
178 #endif /* not DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT */
180 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
181 information for each routine. */
182 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
184 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
185 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
187 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
188 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
190 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
192 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
194 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
195 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
197 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
198 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
199 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
200 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
201 unique to each function definition. */
202 static unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
204 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
205 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
206 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
207 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
208 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
210 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
212 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
213 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
214 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
215 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
216 static unsigned long size_of_uleb128 PARAMS ((unsigned long));
217 static unsigned long size_of_sleb128 PARAMS ((long));
218 static void output_uleb128 PARAMS ((unsigned long));
219 static void output_sleb128 PARAMS ((long));
220 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
221 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *));
222 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
223 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
225 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
226 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
227 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref));
228 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
229 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
230 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
232 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
233 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
234 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
235 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
236 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
237 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
238 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfa_location *));
240 /* Definitions of defaults for assembler-dependent names of various
241 pseudo-ops and section names.
242 Theses may be overridden in the tm.h file (if necessary) for a particular
245 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
246 #ifndef UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP
247 #define UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP "\t.2byte\t"
249 #ifndef UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP
250 #define UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP "\t.4byte\t"
252 #ifndef UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP
253 #define UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP "\t.8byte\t"
255 #endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
258 #define ASM_BYTE_OP "\t.byte\t"
261 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
262 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
263 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
265 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
266 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
267 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
270 /* The default format used by the ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION macro (see below) to
271 print the SECTION_ASM_OP and the section name. The default here works for
272 almost all svr4 assemblers, except for the sparc, where the section name
273 must be enclosed in double quotes. (See sparcv4.h). */
274 #ifndef SECTION_FORMAT
275 #ifdef PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
276 #define SECTION_FORMAT PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
278 #define SECTION_FORMAT "%s%s\n"
282 #ifndef FRAME_SECTION
283 #define FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
286 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
287 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
289 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
290 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
292 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
293 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
294 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
295 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSFDE"
296 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
297 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
298 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
300 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
301 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
302 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
304 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION
305 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION(FILE, SECTION) \
306 fprintf ((FILE), SECTION_FORMAT, SECTION_ASM_OP, SECTION)
309 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1
310 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1(FILE,VALUE) \
311 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%x", ASM_BYTE_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
314 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1
315 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
316 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", ASM_BYTE_OP); \
317 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
318 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
319 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
323 #ifdef UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP
325 #ifndef UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP
326 #define UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP \
327 (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP : UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP)
330 #ifndef UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP
331 #define UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP \
332 ((DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) == 8 ? UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP \
333 : (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) == 2 ? UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP \
334 : UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP)
337 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2
338 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
339 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP); \
340 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
341 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
342 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
346 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4
347 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
348 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP); \
349 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
350 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
351 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
355 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA
356 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
357 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP); \
358 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
359 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
360 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
364 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA
365 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
366 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
367 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
368 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
369 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
373 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR
374 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR(FILE,LABEL) \
375 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
376 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
380 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST
381 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST(FILE,RTX) \
383 fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
384 output_addr_const ((FILE), (RTX)); \
388 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4
389 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4(FILE,LABEL) \
390 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP); \
391 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
395 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET
396 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE,LABEL) \
397 do { fprintf ((FILE), "%s", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP); \
398 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
402 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2
403 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2(FILE,VALUE) \
404 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%x", UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
407 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4
408 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4(FILE,VALUE) \
409 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%x", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
412 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8
413 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8(FILE,VALUE) \
414 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx", UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP, \
415 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
418 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA
419 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA(FILE,VALUE) \
420 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP, \
421 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
424 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA
425 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA(FILE,VALUE) \
426 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP, \
427 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
430 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_CONST_DOUBLE
431 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_CONST_DOUBLE(FILE,HIGH_VALUE,LOW_VALUE) \
433 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) \
435 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx\n", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (HIGH_VALUE));\
436 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (LOW_VALUE));\
440 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx\n", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (LOW_VALUE)); \
441 fprintf ((FILE), "%s0x%lx", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (HIGH_VALUE)); \
446 #else /* UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP */
448 /* We don't have unaligned support, let's hope the normal output works for
449 .debug_frame. But we know it won't work for .debug_info. */
451 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
452 #error DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO requires UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP.
455 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR
456 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR(FILE,LABEL) \
457 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL), DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 1)
460 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST
461 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST(FILE,RTX) ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (FILE,RTX)
464 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4
465 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4(FILE,LABEL) \
466 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, LABEL), 4, 1)
469 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET
470 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE,LABEL) \
471 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, LABEL), 4, 1)
474 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2
475 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
476 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (HImode, \
477 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
478 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
482 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4
483 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
484 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, \
485 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
486 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
490 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA
491 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
492 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, \
493 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
494 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
498 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA
499 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
500 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2)
503 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2
504 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2(FILE,VALUE) \
505 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (VALUE), 2, 1)
508 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4
509 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4(FILE,VALUE) \
510 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (VALUE), 4, 1)
513 #endif /* UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP */
516 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
517 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
519 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
520 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
522 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
524 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
527 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
529 /* This is similar to the default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, except that no trailing
530 newline is produced. When flag_debug_asm is asserted, we add commentary
531 at the end of the line, so we must avoid output of a newline here. */
532 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING
533 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING(FILE,P) \
535 register int slen = strlen(P); \
536 register const char *p = (P); \
538 fprintf (FILE, "\t.ascii \""); \
539 for (i = 0; i < slen; i++) \
541 register int c = p[i]; \
542 if (c == '\"' || c == '\\') \
548 fprintf (FILE, "\\%o", c); \
551 fprintf (FILE, "\\0\""); \
556 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
557 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
559 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
561 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
563 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
567 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
568 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
569 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
570 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
573 /* Hook used by __throw. */
576 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
578 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
581 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
582 for the current function. */
583 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
584 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
587 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
588 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
594 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
599 while (*s && *s != ',')
606 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
609 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
613 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
614 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
615 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
617 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS; ++i)
619 int offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
620 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
625 emit_move_insn (change_address (mem, mode,
626 plus_constant (addr, offset)),
631 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
634 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
635 register unsigned cfi_opc;
639 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
640 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
642 return "DW_CFA_offset";
644 return "DW_CFA_restore";
648 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
649 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
650 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
651 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
652 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
655 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
656 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
657 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
658 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
659 case DW_CFA_undefined:
660 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
661 case DW_CFA_same_value:
662 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
663 case DW_CFA_register:
664 return "DW_CFA_register";
665 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
666 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
667 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
668 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
670 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
671 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
672 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
673 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
674 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
676 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
678 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
679 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
680 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
683 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
684 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
685 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
686 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
687 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
688 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
691 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
695 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
697 static inline dw_cfi_ref
700 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
702 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
703 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
704 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
709 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
712 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
713 register dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
714 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
716 register dw_cfi_ref *p;
718 /* Find the end of the chain. */
719 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
725 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
728 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
730 static char label[20];
731 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
733 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
734 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
739 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
740 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
743 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
744 register const char *label;
745 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
749 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
752 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
754 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
755 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
757 register dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
759 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
761 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
763 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
764 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
765 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
768 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
772 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
775 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
778 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
779 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
780 register dw_cfa_location *loc;
782 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
784 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
785 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
787 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
788 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
791 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
792 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
794 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
795 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
802 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
806 register dw_cfa_location *loc;
808 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
810 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
813 loc->base_offset = 0;
815 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
816 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
818 if (fde_table_in_use)
820 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
821 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
822 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
826 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
829 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
831 dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
833 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
834 static long args_size;
836 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
837 static long old_args_size;
839 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
840 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
841 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
844 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
845 register const char *label;
854 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
857 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
858 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
860 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
861 register const char *label;
862 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
864 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
865 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
870 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
871 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
873 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
874 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
876 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset &&
877 loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect)
879 if (loc.indirect == 0
880 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset)
886 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
888 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
889 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
892 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
893 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
896 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
897 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
901 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
903 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
904 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
905 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
909 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
910 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
911 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
912 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
915 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
918 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
919 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
920 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
921 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
924 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
925 register const char *label;
926 register unsigned reg;
927 register unsigned sreg;
928 register long offset;
930 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
932 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
934 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
935 the value isn't a register number. */
936 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
939 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
941 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
943 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
945 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
947 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
948 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
949 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
951 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
953 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
957 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
960 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended;
963 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
965 else if (sreg == reg)
966 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
970 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
971 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
974 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
977 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
978 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
979 from the previous frame's window save area.
981 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
982 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
985 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
986 register const char *label;
988 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
989 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
990 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
993 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
994 pushed onto the stack. */
997 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
1001 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1003 if (size == old_args_size)
1005 old_args_size = size;
1008 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1009 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1010 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1013 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1014 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1017 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1018 register const char *label;
1019 register unsigned reg;
1020 register long offset;
1022 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
1025 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1026 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1029 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
1030 register const char *label;
1031 register long offset;
1033 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
1036 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1037 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1040 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
1041 register const char *label;
1042 register unsigned sreg;
1044 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
1047 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1048 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1051 initial_return_save (rtl)
1054 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
1057 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1060 /* RA is in a register. */
1061 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1064 /* RA is on the stack. */
1065 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1066 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1069 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1074 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1076 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1079 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1081 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1088 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1089 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1090 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1091 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1093 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1099 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1102 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1106 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
1109 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1110 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1114 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1116 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1117 code = GET_CODE (src);
1118 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1119 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1120 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1123 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1125 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1127 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1128 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1129 code = GET_CODE (src);
1131 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC)
1132 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1135 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1140 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
1146 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1147 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1148 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1151 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
1157 if (! asynchronous_exceptions && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1159 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1161 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1162 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1163 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1164 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1165 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1166 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1168 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1172 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1173 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1174 else if (! asynchronous_exceptions
1175 && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1178 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1180 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1181 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1182 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1183 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1184 offset = -args_size;
1189 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1191 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1193 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1194 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1196 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1201 for (j = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1203 rtx pattern = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, j);
1204 if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
1205 offset += stack_adjust_offset (pattern);
1214 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1215 cfa.offset += offset;
1217 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1220 args_size += offset;
1224 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1225 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1226 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1229 /* A temporary register used in adjusting SP or setting up the store_reg. */
1230 static unsigned cfa_temp_reg;
1232 /* A temporary value used in adjusting SP or setting up the store_reg. */
1233 static long cfa_temp_value;
1235 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression, which either
1236 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1237 register to the stack. */
1240 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1247 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1248 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1249 it is a SET. This is for backward compatability. Other elements
1250 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1251 flag is set in them. */
1253 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1254 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1257 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1259 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1261 rtx x = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1263 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET &&
1264 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x) || par_index == 0))
1265 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x, label);
1270 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1273 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1274 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1276 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1279 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1280 relative to the current CFA register. */
1281 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1283 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1285 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1291 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1292 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1293 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1294 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1295 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1300 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1303 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1306 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1309 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp_reg)
1311 offset = cfa_temp_value;
1317 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1319 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1320 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1322 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1324 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1327 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1329 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1330 cfa.offset += offset;
1331 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1332 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1334 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1336 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1337 or adjusting the FP */
1338 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1341 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1342 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1343 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1345 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1346 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1348 cfa.offset += offset;
1349 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1356 if (GET_CODE (src) != PLUS
1357 || XEXP (src, 1) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1359 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1360 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp_reg)
1362 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1364 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1365 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp_value;
1370 cfa_temp_reg = REGNO (dest);
1371 cfa_temp_value = INTVAL (src);
1375 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1376 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp_reg
1377 || (unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp_reg
1378 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1380 cfa_temp_value |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1386 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1389 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM, which
1390 will fill in all of the bits. */
1395 cfa_temp_reg = REGNO (dest);
1396 cfa_temp_value = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1400 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1403 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1405 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1410 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1411 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1414 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1415 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1417 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1418 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1419 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1421 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1424 /* With an offset. */
1427 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1428 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1431 if (cfa_store.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1433 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1436 /* Without an offset. */
1438 if (cfa_store.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1440 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1447 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1448 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1449 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1451 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1453 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1455 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1456 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1459 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1460 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, offset);
1465 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1466 calculate the CFA. */
1468 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1469 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1471 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1473 cfa.reg = (unsigned) REGNO (x);
1474 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1476 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1481 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1482 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, REGNO (src), offset);
1490 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1491 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1492 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1495 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1501 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1503 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1505 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1507 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1514 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1516 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1520 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1522 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1524 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1526 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1528 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1531 /* Return the size of an unsigned LEB128 quantity. */
1533 static inline unsigned long
1534 size_of_uleb128 (value)
1535 register unsigned long value;
1537 register unsigned long size = 0;
1538 register unsigned byte;
1542 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1551 /* Return the size of a signed LEB128 quantity. */
1553 static inline unsigned long
1554 size_of_sleb128 (value)
1555 register long value;
1557 register unsigned long size = 0;
1558 register unsigned byte;
1562 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1566 while (!(((value == 0) && ((byte & 0x40) == 0))
1567 || ((value == -1) && ((byte & 0x40) != 0))));
1572 /* Output an unsigned LEB128 quantity. */
1575 output_uleb128 (value)
1576 register unsigned long value;
1578 unsigned long save_value = value;
1580 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s", ASM_BYTE_OP);
1583 register unsigned byte = (value & 0x7f);
1586 /* More bytes to follow. */
1589 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", byte);
1591 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",");
1596 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s ULEB128 0x%lx", ASM_COMMENT_START, save_value);
1599 /* Output an signed LEB128 quantity. */
1602 output_sleb128 (value)
1603 register long value;
1606 register unsigned byte;
1607 long save_value = value;
1609 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s", ASM_BYTE_OP);
1612 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1613 /* arithmetic shift */
1615 more = !((((value == 0) && ((byte & 0x40) == 0))
1616 || ((value == -1) && ((byte & 0x40) != 0))));
1620 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", byte);
1622 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",");
1627 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s SLEB128 %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, save_value);
1630 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1633 output_cfi (cfi, fde)
1634 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1635 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1637 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1639 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1641 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f));
1643 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1644 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1645 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1648 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1650 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1652 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f));
1654 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1655 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1657 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1658 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
1659 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1661 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1663 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1665 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f));
1667 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1668 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1670 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1674 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
1676 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s", ASM_COMMENT_START,
1677 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1679 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1680 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1682 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1683 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr);
1684 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1686 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1687 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1 (asm_out_file,
1688 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1689 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1690 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1691 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1693 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1694 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file,
1695 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1696 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1697 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1698 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1700 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1701 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file,
1702 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1703 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1704 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1705 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1707 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1708 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1709 /* TODO: not currently implemented. */
1713 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1714 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1715 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1716 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1717 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1718 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
1719 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1721 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1722 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1723 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1724 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1726 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1727 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1728 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1729 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1731 case DW_CFA_register:
1732 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1733 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1734 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1735 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1737 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1738 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1739 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1741 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1743 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1744 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1745 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1747 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1748 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1756 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1757 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1758 location of saved registers. */
1761 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1764 register unsigned long i;
1765 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1766 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1767 char l1[20], l2[20];
1768 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1772 /* Do we want to include a pointer to the exception table? */
1773 int eh_ptr = for_eh && exception_table_p ();
1775 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1776 emit any EH unwind information. */
1779 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1780 if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1786 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1788 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1794 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1795 EH_FRAME_SECTION ();
1797 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1799 force_data_section ();
1800 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1801 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1802 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1804 assemble_label ("__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1807 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, FRAME_SECTION);
1809 /* Output the CIE. */
1810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1811 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1812 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1813 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ld, CIE_LENGTH_LABEL, for_eh);
1815 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4 (asm_out_file, ld);
1817 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, ld);
1820 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1822 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1825 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Common Information Entry",
1828 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1829 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1832 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1833 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1834 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
1836 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_ID);
1839 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Identifier Tag", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1841 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1842 if (! for_eh && DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
1844 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_ID);
1845 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1848 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_VERSION);
1850 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1852 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1855 /* The CIE contains a pointer to the exception region info for the
1856 frame. Make the augmentation string three bytes (including the
1857 trailing null) so the pointer is 4-byte aligned. The Solaris ld
1858 can't handle unaligned relocs. */
1861 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, "eh");
1862 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Augmentation", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1866 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, "eh", 3);
1868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1870 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, "__EXCEPTION_TABLE__");
1872 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s pointer to exception region info",
1877 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
1879 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Augmentation (none)",
1883 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1886 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (CIE Code Alignment Factor)");
1888 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1889 output_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT);
1891 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (CIE Data Alignment Factor)");
1893 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1894 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
1896 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE RA Column", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1898 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1900 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1901 output_cfi (cfi, NULL);
1903 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1904 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1905 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1906 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1907 ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL (asm_out_file, ld, l2, l1);
1909 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Length Symbol", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1910 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1913 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1914 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1916 fde = &fde_table[i];
1918 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions. */
1919 if (for_eh && fde->nothrow)
1922 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1924 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1925 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ld, FDE_LENGTH_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1927 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4 (asm_out_file, ld);
1929 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, ld);
1932 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1934 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1937 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1938 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1939 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1941 /* ??? This always emits a 4 byte offset when for_eh is true, but it
1942 emits a target dependent sized offset when for_eh is not true.
1943 This inconsistency may confuse gdb. The only case where we need a
1944 non-4 byte offset is for the Irix6 N64 ABI, so we may lose SGI
1945 compatibility if we emit a 4 byte offset. We need a 4 byte offset
1946 though in order to be compatible with the dwarf_fde struct in frame.c.
1947 If the for_eh case is changed, then the struct in frame.c has
1948 to be adjusted appropriately. */
1950 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l1, "__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1952 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, stripattributes (FRAME_SECTION));
1954 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE CIE offset", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1956 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1957 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, fde->dw_fde_begin);
1959 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE initial location", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1961 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1962 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file,
1963 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin);
1965 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE address range", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1967 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1969 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1971 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1973 output_cfi (cfi, fde);
1975 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1976 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1977 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1978 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1979 ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL (asm_out_file, ld, l2, l1);
1981 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE Length Symbol", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1982 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1985 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1988 /* Emit terminating zero for table. */
1989 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
1990 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1993 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1994 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1995 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1996 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1999 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2004 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2008 dwarf2out_begin_prologue ()
2010 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2011 register dw_fde_ref fde;
2013 ++current_funcdef_number;
2015 function_section (current_function_decl);
2016 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2017 current_funcdef_number);
2018 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2019 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2021 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2022 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2024 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2026 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
2027 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2030 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2031 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2033 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2034 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2035 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2036 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2037 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2038 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2039 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2041 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2044 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2045 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2049 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2052 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2054 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2056 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
2057 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2058 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2059 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2063 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2065 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2066 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2067 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2068 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2070 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2071 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2073 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2074 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2075 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2076 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2081 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2083 /* Output call frame information. */
2084 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2085 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
2086 output_call_frame_info (0);
2087 if (flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp))
2088 output_call_frame_info (1);
2090 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2091 || flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp))
2092 output_call_frame_info (1);
2096 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2097 for emitting location expressions. */
2099 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2100 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2101 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2103 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2104 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2105 implementation are listed below. */
2112 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2113 dw_val_class_long_long,
2116 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2117 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2118 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2119 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2124 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2125 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2127 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2134 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2136 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2143 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2144 represented internally. */
2146 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2148 dw_val_class val_class;
2152 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2154 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2155 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2156 dw_float_const val_float;
2161 unsigned val_fde_index;
2164 unsigned char val_flag;
2170 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2173 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2175 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2176 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2177 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2178 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2183 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2184 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2187 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2189 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2190 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2191 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2192 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2194 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2197 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2198 register unsigned op;
2203 return "DW_OP_addr";
2205 return "DW_OP_deref";
2207 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2209 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2211 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2213 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2215 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2217 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2219 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2221 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2223 return "DW_OP_constu";
2225 return "DW_OP_consts";
2229 return "DW_OP_drop";
2231 return "DW_OP_over";
2233 return "DW_OP_pick";
2235 return "DW_OP_swap";
2239 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2247 return "DW_OP_minus";
2259 return "DW_OP_plus";
2260 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2261 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2267 return "DW_OP_shra";
2285 return "DW_OP_skip";
2287 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2289 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2291 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2293 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2295 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2297 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2299 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2301 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2303 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2305 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2307 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2309 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2311 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2313 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2315 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2317 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2319 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2321 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2323 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2325 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2327 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2329 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2331 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2333 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2335 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2337 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2339 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2341 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2343 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2345 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2347 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2349 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2351 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2353 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2355 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2357 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2359 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2361 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2363 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2365 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2367 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2369 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2371 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2373 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2375 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2377 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2379 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2381 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2383 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2385 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2387 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2389 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2391 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2393 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2395 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2397 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2399 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2401 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2403 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2405 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2407 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2409 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2411 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2413 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2415 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2417 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2419 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2421 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2423 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2425 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2427 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2429 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2431 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2433 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2435 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2437 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2439 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2441 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2443 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2445 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2447 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2449 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2451 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2453 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2455 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2457 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2459 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2461 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2463 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2465 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2467 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2469 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2471 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2473 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2475 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2477 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2479 return "DW_OP_regx";
2481 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2483 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2485 return "DW_OP_piece";
2486 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2487 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2488 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2489 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2493 return "OP_<unknown>";
2497 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2498 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2499 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2501 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2502 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2503 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2504 register unsigned long oprnd1;
2505 register unsigned long oprnd2;
2507 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2509 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2510 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2512 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2513 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2514 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2515 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2516 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2521 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2524 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2525 register dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2526 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2528 register dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2530 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2531 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2537 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2539 static unsigned long
2540 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2541 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2543 register unsigned long size = 1;
2545 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2548 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2567 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2570 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2575 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2576 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2614 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2617 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2620 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2623 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2624 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2627 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2629 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2630 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2640 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2642 static unsigned long
2644 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2646 register unsigned long size = 0;
2648 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2650 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2651 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2657 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2660 output_loc_operands (loc)
2661 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2663 register dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2664 register dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2666 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2668 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2670 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_addr);
2671 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2675 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
2676 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2680 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
2681 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2686 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2693 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2694 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2698 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, offset);
2699 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2712 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2713 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2714 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2715 only doing unwinding. */
2720 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_flag);
2721 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2724 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2725 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2728 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
2729 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2732 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
2733 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2735 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2736 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2737 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2771 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
2772 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2775 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2776 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2779 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
2780 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2783 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2784 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2785 output_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int);
2786 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2789 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2790 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2792 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2793 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2794 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_flag);
2795 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2798 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2803 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2806 output_loc_sequence (loc)
2807 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2809 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2811 /* Output the opcode. */
2812 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, loc->dw_loc_opc);
2814 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s", ASM_COMMENT_START,
2815 dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
2817 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2819 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2820 output_loc_operands (loc);
2824 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2825 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2828 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
2831 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2834 /* Output the size of the block. */
2835 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
2836 size = size_of_locs (loc);
2837 output_uleb128 (size);
2838 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2840 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2841 output_loc_sequence (loc);
2844 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor seqeunce from
2845 a dw_cfa_location. */
2847 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2849 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2851 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2853 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
2856 if (cfa->base_offset)
2859 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
2861 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2863 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
2864 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
2866 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
2867 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2868 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2869 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2870 if (cfa->offset != 0)
2872 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
2873 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2878 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a
2879 dwarf location descriptor sequence. */
2882 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
2883 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2884 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
2886 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
2888 cfa->base_offset = 0;
2892 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
2894 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
2929 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
2932 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2966 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
2967 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2970 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2971 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
2976 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2977 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
2980 fatal ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implememnted yet.\n",
2981 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
2985 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
2987 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2988 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2990 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2991 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2992 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2994 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2995 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2996 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2997 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2999 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3000 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3002 typedef long int dw_offset;
3004 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3006 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3007 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3008 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3009 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3010 typedef dw_die_ref *arange_ref;
3012 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3013 line number associated with the label generated for that
3014 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3015 the line number entry. */
3017 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3019 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3020 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3024 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3026 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3028 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3029 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3030 unsigned long function;
3032 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3034 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3035 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3036 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3038 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3040 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3041 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3042 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3046 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3048 typedef struct die_struct
3050 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3052 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3053 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3054 dw_die_ref die_child;
3056 dw_offset die_offset;
3057 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3062 /* The pubname structure */
3064 typedef struct pubname_struct
3071 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3072 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3075 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3079 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3080 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3081 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3084 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3085 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3087 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3088 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3089 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3090 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3091 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3092 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3094 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3095 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3096 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3097 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3098 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3099 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3100 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3101 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3102 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3103 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3105 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3106 language, and compiler version. */
3108 extern int flag_traditional;
3110 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3111 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3113 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3114 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3116 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3117 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3119 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3120 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3121 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3122 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3124 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3125 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3126 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3127 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3128 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3130 /* The default is to have gcc emit the line number tables. */
3131 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3132 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3135 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3136 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3137 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3138 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3139 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3140 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3142 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3143 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3146 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3147 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3148 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3150 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3151 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3153 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3154 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3156 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3157 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3158 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3159 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3160 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3162 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3163 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3164 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3166 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3167 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3169 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3170 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
3172 /* Pointer to an array of filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3173 static char **file_table;
3175 /* Total number of entries in the table (i.e. array) pointed to by
3176 `file_table'. This is the *total* and includes both used and unused
3178 static unsigned file_table_allocated;
3180 /* Number of entries in the file_table which are actually in use. */
3181 static unsigned file_table_in_use;
3183 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3185 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3187 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3189 static const char *primary_filename;
3191 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3192 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3193 number identifying each decl. */
3194 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3196 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3197 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3199 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3200 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3202 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3204 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3206 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3207 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3208 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3209 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3210 define type declaration DIE's. */
3211 static tree *decl_scope_table;
3213 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_scope_table. */
3214 static int decl_scope_table_allocated;
3216 /* Current level of nesting of declaration scopes. */
3217 static int decl_scope_depth;
3219 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3220 decl_scope_table. */
3221 #define DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3223 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3224 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3225 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3226 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3228 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3229 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3231 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3232 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3234 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3235 abbrev_die_table. */
3236 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3238 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3239 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3240 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3242 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3243 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3245 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3246 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3248 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3249 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3250 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3252 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3253 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3255 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3256 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3258 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3260 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3262 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3263 accessible names. */
3264 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
3266 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3267 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3269 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3270 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3272 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3274 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3276 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3277 accessible names. */
3278 static arange_ref arange_table;
3280 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3281 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3283 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3284 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3286 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3288 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3290 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3291 completed at some later time. */
3293 static tree *incomplete_types_list;
3295 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the incomplete_types_list. */
3296 static unsigned incomplete_types_allocated;
3298 /* Number of elements of incomplete_types_list currently in use. */
3299 static unsigned incomplete_types;
3301 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the incomplete
3302 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
3303 be enough for most typical programs. */
3304 #define INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
3306 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3307 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3308 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3309 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3312 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3313 must be kept around forever. We do this rather than perform GC on
3314 the dwarf info because almost all of the dwarf info lives forever, and
3315 it's easier to support non-GC frontends this way. */
3316 static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
3318 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3320 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3321 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3322 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3323 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3324 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3325 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3327 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3329 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3330 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3331 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3332 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3333 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3334 enum dwarf_attribute,
3336 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3337 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3338 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3339 enum dwarf_attribute,
3341 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3342 enum dwarf_attribute,
3345 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3346 enum dwarf_attribute,
3348 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3349 enum dwarf_attribute,
3351 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3352 enum dwarf_attribute,
3354 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3355 enum dwarf_attribute,
3357 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3358 enum dwarf_attribute,
3360 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3361 enum dwarf_attribute,
3363 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3364 enum dwarf_attribute,
3366 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3367 enum dwarf_attribute,
3369 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3370 enum dwarf_attribute));
3371 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3372 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3373 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3374 enum dwarf_attribute));
3375 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3376 enum dwarf_attribute));
3377 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3378 enum dwarf_attribute));
3379 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3380 enum dwarf_attribute));
3381 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3382 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3383 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3384 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3385 enum dwarf_attribute));
3386 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3387 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3388 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
3389 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3390 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3391 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3392 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3393 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3394 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3395 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3396 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3397 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3398 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3399 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3400 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3401 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3402 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3403 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3404 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3405 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3406 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3407 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((void));
3408 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3409 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3410 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3411 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3412 static unsigned long size_of_string PARAMS ((const char *));
3413 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3414 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3415 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3416 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3417 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3418 static unsigned long size_of_line_prolog PARAMS ((void));
3419 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3420 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3421 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3422 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3423 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3424 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3425 static void output_symbolic_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3426 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3427 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3428 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3429 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3430 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3431 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3432 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3433 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3434 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3435 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3436 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3437 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3438 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3439 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3440 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3441 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3442 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3443 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3444 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3445 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3446 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3447 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3448 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3449 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3450 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3451 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3452 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3453 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3454 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3455 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
3456 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3457 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3458 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3459 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3460 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3461 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3462 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3463 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3464 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3465 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3466 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3467 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3468 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3469 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3470 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3471 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3472 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3473 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3474 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3475 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3476 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3478 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3479 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3481 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3483 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3484 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3486 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3488 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3489 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3490 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3491 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3492 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3493 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3494 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3495 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3496 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3497 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3498 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3499 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3500 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3501 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3502 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3503 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3504 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3505 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3506 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3507 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3508 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3509 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3510 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3511 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3512 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3513 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3514 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3515 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3516 static void add_incomplete_type PARAMS ((tree));
3517 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3518 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3519 static void gen_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3520 static rtx save_rtx PARAMS ((rtx));
3521 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3523 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3524 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3525 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3527 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION
3528 #define ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3530 #ifndef ARANGES_SECTION
3531 #define ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3533 #ifndef DW_MACINFO_SECTION
3534 #define DW_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3536 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3537 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3540 #define LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3542 #ifndef PUBNAMES_SECTION
3543 #define PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3546 #define STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3549 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3550 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION
3551 #define TEXT_SECTION ".text"
3553 #ifndef DATA_SECTION
3554 #define DATA_SECTION ".data"
3557 #define BSS_SECTION ".bss"
3560 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3561 the section names themselves. */
3563 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3564 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3566 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3567 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3569 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3570 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3572 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3573 #define ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3576 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3577 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3578 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3579 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3580 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3582 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3583 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3584 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3585 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3586 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3588 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3589 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3591 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3592 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3594 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3595 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3597 #ifndef INSN_LABEL_FMT
3598 #define INSN_LABEL_FMT "LI%u_"
3600 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3601 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3603 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3604 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3606 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3607 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3609 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3610 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3612 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3613 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3615 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3616 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3619 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3620 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3622 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3625 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3626 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3628 demangle_name_func = func;
3631 /* Return an rtx like ORIG which lives forever. If we're doing GC,
3632 that means adding it to used_rtx_varray. If not, that means making
3633 a copy on the permanent_obstack. */
3639 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, orig);
3644 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3650 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3651 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3652 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3655 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3659 type_main_variant (type)
3662 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3664 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
3665 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
3666 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
3667 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
3669 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3670 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3671 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3676 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3679 is_tagged_type (type)
3682 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3684 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3685 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3688 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3691 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
3692 register unsigned tag;
3696 case DW_TAG_padding:
3697 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3698 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3699 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3700 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3701 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3702 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3703 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3704 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3705 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3706 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3707 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3708 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3709 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3711 return "DW_TAG_label";
3712 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3713 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3715 return "DW_TAG_member";
3716 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3717 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3718 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3719 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3720 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3721 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3722 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3723 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3724 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3725 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3726 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3727 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3728 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3729 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3730 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3731 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3732 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3733 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3734 case DW_TAG_variant:
3735 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3736 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3737 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3738 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3739 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3740 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3741 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3742 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3743 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3745 return "DW_TAG_module";
3746 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3747 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3748 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3749 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3750 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3751 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3752 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3753 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3754 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3755 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3756 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3757 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3758 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3759 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3760 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3761 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3762 case DW_TAG_constant:
3763 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3764 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3765 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3766 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3767 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3769 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3770 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3771 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3772 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3773 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3774 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3775 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3776 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3777 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3778 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3779 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3780 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3781 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3782 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3783 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3784 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3785 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3786 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3787 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3788 case DW_TAG_variable:
3789 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3790 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3791 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3792 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3793 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3794 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3795 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3796 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3797 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3798 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3799 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3800 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3801 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3802 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3803 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3805 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3809 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3812 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3813 register unsigned attr;
3818 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3819 case DW_AT_location:
3820 return "DW_AT_location";
3822 return "DW_AT_name";
3823 case DW_AT_ordering:
3824 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3825 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3826 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3827 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3828 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3829 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3830 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3831 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3832 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3833 case DW_AT_element_list:
3834 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3835 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3836 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3838 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3840 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3841 case DW_AT_language:
3842 return "DW_AT_language";
3844 return "DW_AT_member";
3846 return "DW_AT_discr";
3847 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3848 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3849 case DW_AT_visibility:
3850 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3852 return "DW_AT_import";
3853 case DW_AT_string_length:
3854 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3855 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3856 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3857 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3858 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3859 case DW_AT_const_value:
3860 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3861 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3862 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3863 case DW_AT_default_value:
3864 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3866 return "DW_AT_inline";
3867 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3868 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3869 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3870 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3871 case DW_AT_producer:
3872 return "DW_AT_producer";
3873 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3874 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3875 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3876 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3877 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3878 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3879 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3880 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3881 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3882 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3883 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3884 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3885 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3886 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3887 case DW_AT_address_class:
3888 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3889 case DW_AT_artificial:
3890 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3891 case DW_AT_base_types:
3892 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3893 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3894 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3896 return "DW_AT_count";
3897 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3898 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3899 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3900 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3901 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3902 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3903 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3904 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3905 case DW_AT_declaration:
3906 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3907 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3908 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3909 case DW_AT_encoding:
3910 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3911 case DW_AT_external:
3912 return "DW_AT_external";
3913 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3914 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3916 return "DW_AT_friend";
3917 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3918 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3919 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3920 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3921 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3922 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3923 case DW_AT_priority:
3924 return "DW_AT_priority";
3926 return "DW_AT_segment";
3927 case DW_AT_specification:
3928 return "DW_AT_specification";
3929 case DW_AT_static_link:
3930 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3932 return "DW_AT_type";
3933 case DW_AT_use_location:
3934 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3935 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
3936 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3937 case DW_AT_virtuality:
3938 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3939 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
3940 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3942 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
3943 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
3944 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
3945 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
3946 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
3947 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
3948 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
3949 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
3950 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
3951 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3952 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
3953 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
3954 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
3955 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
3956 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
3957 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3958 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
3959 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
3960 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
3961 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
3962 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
3963 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
3965 case DW_AT_sf_names:
3966 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
3967 case DW_AT_src_info:
3968 return "DW_AT_src_info";
3969 case DW_AT_mac_info:
3970 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
3971 case DW_AT_src_coords:
3972 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
3973 case DW_AT_body_begin:
3974 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
3975 case DW_AT_body_end:
3976 return "DW_AT_body_end";
3978 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
3982 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
3985 dwarf_form_name (form)
3986 register unsigned form;
3991 return "DW_FORM_addr";
3992 case DW_FORM_block2:
3993 return "DW_FORM_block2";
3994 case DW_FORM_block4:
3995 return "DW_FORM_block4";
3997 return "DW_FORM_data2";
3999 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4001 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4002 case DW_FORM_string:
4003 return "DW_FORM_string";
4005 return "DW_FORM_block";
4006 case DW_FORM_block1:
4007 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4009 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4011 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4013 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4015 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4017 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4018 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4019 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4021 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4023 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4025 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4027 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4028 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4029 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4030 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4031 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4033 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4037 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4041 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4042 register unsigned enc;
4046 case DW_ATE_address:
4047 return "DW_ATE_address";
4048 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4049 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4050 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4051 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4053 return "DW_ATE_float";
4055 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4056 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4057 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4058 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4059 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4060 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4061 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4063 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4068 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4069 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4070 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4071 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4075 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4078 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4079 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4080 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4081 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4084 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4085 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4086 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4087 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4091 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4094 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4095 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4096 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4097 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4101 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4102 register tree block;
4104 register tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4106 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4107 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4108 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4109 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4112 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4116 register tree ret_val;
4117 register tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4121 ret_val = lookahead;
4122 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
4123 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
4126 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4132 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4133 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4137 decl_class_context (decl)
4140 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4142 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4143 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4145 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4146 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4148 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4149 context = NULL_TREE;
4154 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4155 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4158 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4159 register dw_die_ref die;
4160 register dw_attr_ref attr;
4162 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4164 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4165 die->die_attr = attr;
4169 static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4170 static inline dw_val_class
4174 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4177 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4180 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4181 register dw_die_ref die;
4182 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4183 register unsigned flag;
4185 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4187 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4188 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4189 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4190 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4191 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4194 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4195 static inline unsigned
4197 register dw_attr_ref a;
4199 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4200 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4205 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4208 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4209 register dw_die_ref die;
4210 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4211 register long int int_val;
4213 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4215 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4216 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4217 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4218 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4219 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4222 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4223 static inline long int
4225 register dw_attr_ref a;
4227 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4228 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4233 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4236 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4237 register dw_die_ref die;
4238 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4239 register unsigned long unsigned_val;
4241 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4243 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4244 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4245 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4246 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4247 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4250 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4251 static inline unsigned long
4253 register dw_attr_ref a;
4255 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4256 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4261 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4264 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4265 register dw_die_ref die;
4266 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4267 register unsigned long val_hi;
4268 register unsigned long val_low;
4270 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4272 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4273 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4274 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4275 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4276 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4277 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4280 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4283 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4284 register dw_die_ref die;
4285 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4286 register unsigned length;
4287 register long *array;
4289 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4291 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4292 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4293 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4294 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4295 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4296 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4299 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4302 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4303 register dw_die_ref die;
4304 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4305 register const char *str;
4307 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4309 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4310 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4311 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4312 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
4313 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4316 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4317 static inline const char *
4319 register dw_attr_ref a;
4321 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4322 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4327 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4330 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4331 register dw_die_ref die;
4332 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4333 register dw_die_ref targ_die;
4335 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4337 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4338 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4339 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4340 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4341 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4342 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4345 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4346 static inline dw_die_ref
4348 register dw_attr_ref a;
4350 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4351 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4356 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4359 register dw_attr_ref a;
4361 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4362 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4367 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
4369 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4370 register dw_attr_ref a;
4373 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4374 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4379 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4382 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4383 register dw_die_ref die;
4384 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4385 register unsigned targ_fde;
4387 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4389 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4390 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4391 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4392 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4393 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4396 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4399 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4400 register dw_die_ref die;
4401 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4402 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4404 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4406 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4407 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4408 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4409 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4410 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4413 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4414 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4416 register dw_attr_ref a;
4418 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4419 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4424 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4427 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4428 register dw_die_ref die;
4429 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4432 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4434 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4435 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4436 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4437 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4438 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4441 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4444 register dw_attr_ref a;
4446 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4447 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4452 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4455 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4456 register dw_die_ref die;
4457 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4458 register const char *lbl_id;
4460 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4462 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4463 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4464 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4465 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4466 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4469 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4472 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4473 register dw_die_ref die;
4474 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4475 register const char *label;
4477 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4479 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4480 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4481 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4482 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4483 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4486 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4487 static inline const char *
4489 register dw_attr_ref a;
4491 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4492 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4493 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4498 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4500 static inline dw_attr_ref
4501 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4502 register dw_die_ref die;
4503 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4505 register dw_attr_ref a;
4506 register dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4510 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4512 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4515 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4516 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4521 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4527 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4528 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
4529 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4530 assembler label identifier. */
4532 static inline const char *
4534 register dw_die_ref die;
4536 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4537 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4540 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4541 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4542 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4543 assembler label identifier. */
4545 static inline const char *
4547 register dw_die_ref die;
4549 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4550 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4553 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4554 NULL if it is not present. */
4556 static inline const char *
4557 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4558 register dw_die_ref die;
4559 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4561 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4562 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4565 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4566 if it is not present. */
4569 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4570 register dw_die_ref die;
4571 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4573 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4574 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4577 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4578 if it is not present. */
4580 static inline unsigned
4581 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4582 register dw_die_ref die;
4583 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4585 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4586 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4589 static inline dw_die_ref
4590 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
4592 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4594 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4595 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4601 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4603 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4604 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4610 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4612 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4618 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4620 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
4623 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4625 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4630 switch (AT_class (a))
4632 case dw_val_class_str:
4633 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4634 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4635 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4638 case dw_val_class_float:
4639 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
4649 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4652 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4653 register dw_die_ref die;
4654 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4656 register dw_attr_ref *p;
4657 register dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4661 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
4662 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4665 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
4674 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4676 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
4681 remove_children (die);
4685 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4688 remove_children (die)
4689 register dw_die_ref die;
4691 register dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4693 die->die_child = NULL;
4695 while (child_die != NULL)
4697 register dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4698 register dw_attr_ref a;
4700 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4702 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
4704 register dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4706 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4714 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4715 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4718 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4719 register dw_die_ref die;
4720 register dw_die_ref child_die;
4722 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4724 if (die == child_die)
4726 child_die->die_parent = die;
4727 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
4728 die->die_child = child_die;
4732 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4733 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
4736 splice_child_die (parent, child)
4737 dw_die_ref parent, child;
4741 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4742 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4743 if (child->die_parent != parent)
4745 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
4750 if (child->die_parent != parent
4751 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
4754 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
4757 *p = child->die_sib;
4761 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
4762 parent->die_child = child;
4765 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4767 static inline dw_die_ref
4768 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4769 register enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4770 register dw_die_ref parent_die;
4772 register dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (die_node));
4774 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4775 die->die_abbrev = 0;
4776 die->die_offset = 0;
4777 die->die_child = NULL;
4778 die->die_parent = NULL;
4779 die->die_sib = NULL;
4780 die->die_attr = NULL;
4781 die->die_symbol = NULL;
4783 if (parent_die != NULL)
4784 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4787 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4789 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4790 limbo_node->die = die;
4791 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4792 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4798 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4800 static inline dw_die_ref
4801 lookup_type_die (type)
4804 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4805 type = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type);
4806 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4809 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4812 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4814 register dw_die_ref type_die;
4816 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4819 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4821 static inline dw_die_ref
4822 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4825 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4827 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4828 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4831 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4834 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4836 register dw_die_ref decl_die;
4838 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4839 register unsigned num_allocated;
4841 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4844 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4845 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4846 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4849 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4850 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4852 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
4853 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4854 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4857 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4858 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4860 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4863 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4864 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4865 the DIE internal representation. */
4866 static int print_indent;
4868 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
4871 print_spaces (outfile)
4874 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
4877 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
4878 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4881 print_die (die, outfile)
4885 register dw_attr_ref a;
4886 register dw_die_ref c;
4888 print_spaces (outfile);
4889 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
4890 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
4891 print_spaces (outfile);
4892 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
4893 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
4895 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4897 print_spaces (outfile);
4898 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
4900 switch (AT_class (a))
4902 case dw_val_class_addr:
4903 fprintf (outfile, "address");
4905 case dw_val_class_loc:
4906 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
4908 case dw_val_class_const:
4909 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
4911 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4912 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
4914 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4915 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
4916 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
4917 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
4919 case dw_val_class_float:
4920 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
4922 case dw_val_class_flag:
4923 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
4925 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4926 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
4928 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
4929 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
4931 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
4934 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
4936 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4937 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4938 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
4940 case dw_val_class_str:
4941 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
4942 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
4944 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
4950 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4953 if (die->die_child != NULL)
4956 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4957 print_die (c, outfile);
4961 if (print_indent == 0)
4962 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4965 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
4966 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4969 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
4972 register unsigned i;
4973 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
4975 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
4976 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
4978 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
4979 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
4980 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
4981 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
4982 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4985 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
4988 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
4991 debug_dwarf_die (die)
4994 print_die (die, stderr);
4997 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
4998 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5004 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5005 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5006 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5009 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5010 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5011 they are in order of addition. */
5014 reverse_die_lists (die)
5015 register dw_die_ref die;
5017 register dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5018 register dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5020 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5022 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5023 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5028 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5034 die->die_child = cp;
5037 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since
5038 we used to reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs
5039 through all the dies, it would reverse all the dies. Now, however,
5040 since we don't call reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we
5041 need a routine to recursively reverse all the dies. This is that
5045 reverse_all_dies (die)
5046 register dw_die_ref die;
5048 register dw_die_ref c;
5050 reverse_die_lists (die);
5052 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5053 reverse_all_dies (c);
5056 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is
5057 the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the
5058 DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this
5062 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5063 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5065 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5066 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5067 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5071 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5074 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5075 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5077 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5078 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5082 #define PROCESS(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5083 #define PROCESS_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5085 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5088 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5089 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5090 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5092 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5093 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5094 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5097 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5100 attr_checksum (at, ctx)
5102 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5104 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5107 PROCESS (at->dw_attr);
5109 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5110 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5111 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5112 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5113 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5116 switch (AT_class (at))
5118 case dw_val_class_const:
5119 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5121 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5122 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5124 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5125 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5127 case dw_val_class_float:
5128 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5130 case dw_val_class_flag:
5131 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5134 case dw_val_class_str:
5135 PROCESS_STRING (AT_string (at));
5137 case dw_val_class_addr:
5139 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5142 PROCESS_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5150 case dw_val_class_loc:
5151 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5152 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5155 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5156 if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
5157 PROCESS (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
5158 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5160 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5161 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5162 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5169 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5172 die_checksum (die, ctx)
5174 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5179 PROCESS (die->die_tag);
5181 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5182 attr_checksum (a, ctx);
5184 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5185 die_checksum (c, ctx);
5189 #undef PROCESS_STRING
5191 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5193 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5195 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5196 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5198 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5199 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5202 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5203 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5207 unsigned char checksum[16];
5210 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5211 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
5212 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5214 p = file_name_nondirectory (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
5215 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (p) + 64);
5216 sprintf (name, "%s.", p);
5218 clean_symbol_name (name);
5220 p = name + strlen (name);
5221 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
5223 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5227 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5228 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5231 /* Returns nonzero iff DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5237 switch (die->die_tag)
5239 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5240 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5241 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5242 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5243 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5244 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5245 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5246 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5247 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5248 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5249 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5250 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5251 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5252 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5253 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5254 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5255 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5262 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5263 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5264 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5265 compilations (functions). */
5272 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the
5273 main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater
5274 likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers
5275 in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a
5276 different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5277 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5280 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5281 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5282 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5283 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5285 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5286 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5290 return is_type_die (c);
5293 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5294 compilation unit. */
5300 if (is_type_die (c))
5302 if (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5303 && ! get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
5312 static int label_num;
5313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LDIE", label_num++);
5314 return xstrdup (buf);
5317 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5320 assign_symbol_names (die)
5321 register dw_die_ref die;
5323 register dw_die_ref c;
5325 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5327 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5329 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5330 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5331 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5332 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5335 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ();
5338 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5339 assign_symbol_names (c);
5342 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5343 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5344 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5347 break_out_includes (die)
5348 register dw_die_ref die;
5351 register dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5352 limbo_die_node *node;
5354 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
5356 register dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5358 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5359 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5360 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5362 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5365 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5367 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5370 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5372 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5376 add_child_die (unit, c);
5380 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5381 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5387 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5388 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5393 assign_symbol_names (die);
5394 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
5396 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5397 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
5401 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5402 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5403 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5406 add_sibling_attributes (die)
5407 register dw_die_ref die;
5409 register dw_die_ref c;
5411 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
5412 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
5413 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5414 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
5416 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5417 add_sibling_attributes (c);
5420 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
5421 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
5422 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
5423 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
5427 build_abbrev_table (die)
5428 register dw_die_ref die;
5430 register unsigned long abbrev_id;
5431 register unsigned long n_alloc;
5432 register dw_die_ref c;
5433 register dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
5435 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5436 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5437 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5439 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5440 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
5442 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
5444 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
5448 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5450 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5452 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
5454 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
5456 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
5457 d_attr = die->die_attr;
5459 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
5461 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
5462 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
5465 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
5466 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
5469 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
5475 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
5477 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
5479 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5481 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
5482 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
5484 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
5485 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5486 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
5489 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5490 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
5493 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
5494 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5495 build_abbrev_table (c);
5498 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
5500 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
5501 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
5502 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
5503 we must include them in the count. */
5505 static unsigned long
5506 size_of_string (str)
5507 register const char *str;
5509 return strlen (str) + 1;
5512 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5515 constant_size (value)
5516 long unsigned value;
5523 log = floor_log2 (value);
5526 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
5531 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
5532 .debug_info section. */
5534 static unsigned long
5536 register dw_die_ref die;
5538 register unsigned long size = 0;
5539 register dw_attr_ref a;
5541 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5542 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5544 switch (AT_class (a))
5546 case dw_val_class_addr:
5547 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5549 case dw_val_class_loc:
5551 register unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5554 size += constant_size (lsize);
5558 case dw_val_class_const:
5559 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5561 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5562 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
5564 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5565 size += 1 + 8; /* block */
5567 case dw_val_class_float:
5568 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
5570 case dw_val_class_flag:
5573 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5574 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5576 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5577 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5579 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5580 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5582 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5583 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5585 case dw_val_class_str:
5586 size += size_of_string (AT_string (a));
5596 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
5597 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
5598 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
5599 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
5600 field in each DIE. */
5603 calc_die_sizes (die)
5606 register dw_die_ref c;
5607 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
5608 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
5610 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5613 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5614 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5615 next_die_offset += 1;
5618 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5619 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5620 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5621 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5627 register dw_die_ref c;
5629 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5633 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5639 register dw_die_ref c;
5641 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5645 /* Return the size of the line information prolog generated for the
5646 compilation unit. */
5648 static unsigned long
5649 size_of_line_prolog ()
5651 register unsigned long size;
5652 register unsigned long ft_index;
5654 size = DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE;
5656 /* Count the size of the table giving number of args for each
5658 size += DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE - 1;
5660 /* Include directory table is empty (at present). Count only the
5661 null byte used to terminate the table. */
5664 for (ft_index = 1; ft_index < file_table_in_use; ++ft_index)
5666 /* File name entry. */
5667 size += size_of_string (file_table[ft_index]);
5669 /* Include directory index. */
5670 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
5672 /* Modification time. */
5673 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
5675 /* File length in bytes. */
5676 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
5679 /* Count the file table terminator. */
5684 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5685 compilation unit. */
5687 static unsigned long
5690 register unsigned long size;
5691 register unsigned i;
5693 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
5694 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5696 register pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
5697 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
5700 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5704 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5706 static unsigned long
5709 register unsigned long size;
5711 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5713 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5714 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5715 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5717 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5718 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5722 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5724 static enum dwarf_form
5728 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5730 case dw_val_class_addr:
5731 return DW_FORM_addr;
5732 case dw_val_class_loc:
5733 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
5736 return DW_FORM_block1;
5738 return DW_FORM_block2;
5742 case dw_val_class_const:
5743 return DW_FORM_sdata;
5744 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5745 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
5748 return DW_FORM_data1;
5750 return DW_FORM_data2;
5752 return DW_FORM_data4;
5754 return DW_FORM_data8;
5758 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5759 return DW_FORM_block1;
5760 case dw_val_class_float:
5761 return DW_FORM_block1;
5762 case dw_val_class_flag:
5763 return DW_FORM_flag;
5764 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5765 if (AT_ref_external (a))
5766 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
5769 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5770 return DW_FORM_data;
5771 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5772 return DW_FORM_addr;
5773 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5774 return DW_FORM_data;
5775 case dw_val_class_str:
5776 return DW_FORM_string;
5782 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5785 output_value_format (a)
5788 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
5790 output_uleb128 (form);
5792 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5794 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5797 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5801 output_abbrev_section ()
5803 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5806 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5808 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5810 output_uleb128 (abbrev_id);
5812 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (abbrev code)");
5814 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5815 output_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag);
5817 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (TAG: %s)",
5818 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5820 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5821 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s0x%x", ASM_BYTE_OP,
5822 abbrev->die_child != NULL ? DW_children_yes : DW_children_no);
5825 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5827 (abbrev->die_child != NULL
5828 ? "DW_children_yes" : "DW_children_no"));
5830 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5832 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5833 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5835 output_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr);
5837 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (%s)",
5838 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5840 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5841 output_value_format (a_attr);
5844 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s0,0\n", ASM_BYTE_OP);
5847 /* Terminate the table. */
5848 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s0\n", ASM_BYTE_OP);
5851 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
5854 output_die_symbol (die)
5855 register dw_die_ref die;
5857 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
5862 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
5863 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
5864 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
5866 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5867 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5870 /* Output a symbolic (i.e. FORM_ref_addr) reference to TARGET_DIE. */
5873 output_symbolic_ref (target_die)
5874 dw_die_ref target_die;
5876 char *sym = target_die->die_symbol;
5881 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, sym);
5884 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
5885 the definitions of each child DIE. */
5889 register dw_die_ref die;
5891 register dw_attr_ref a;
5892 register dw_die_ref c;
5893 register unsigned long size;
5895 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
5896 them to point to. */
5897 if (die->die_symbol)
5898 output_die_symbol (die);
5900 output_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5902 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
5903 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5905 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5907 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5909 switch (AT_class (a))
5911 case dw_val_class_addr:
5912 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file, AT_addr (a));
5915 case dw_val_class_loc:
5916 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5918 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
5919 switch (constant_size (size))
5922 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, size);
5925 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, size);
5932 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5933 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5935 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5937 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
5940 case dw_val_class_const:
5941 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
5942 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
5943 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
5944 output_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5947 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5948 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
5951 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, AT_unsigned (a));
5954 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, AT_unsigned (a));
5957 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, AT_unsigned (a));
5960 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8 (asm_out_file, AT_unsigned (a));
5967 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5968 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 8);
5970 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5971 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5973 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5974 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_CONST_DOUBLE (asm_out_file,
5975 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5976 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5979 fprintf (asm_out_file,
5980 "\t%s long long constant", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5982 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5985 case dw_val_class_float:
5987 register unsigned int i;
5988 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5989 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4);
5991 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5992 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5994 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5995 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
5997 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file,
5998 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i]);
6000 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s fp constant word %u",
6001 ASM_COMMENT_START, i);
6003 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6008 case dw_val_class_flag:
6009 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, AT_flag (a));
6012 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6013 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6014 output_symbolic_ref (AT_ref (a));
6016 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
6019 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6022 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL
6023 (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6024 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, l1);
6025 fprintf (asm_out_file, " - %d", DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE);
6029 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6030 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, AT_lbl (a));
6033 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6034 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, AT_lbl (a));
6037 case dw_val_class_str:
6039 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, AT_string (a));
6041 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, AT_string (a),
6042 (int) strlen (AT_string (a)) + 1);
6049 if (AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc
6050 && AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_long_long
6051 && AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_float)
6054 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
6055 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
6057 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6061 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6064 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6066 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6067 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6069 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6070 ASM_COMMENT_START, die->die_offset);
6072 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6076 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6077 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6080 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6082 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE);
6084 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Compilation Unit Info.",
6087 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6088 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
6090 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF version number", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6092 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6093 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
6095 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset Into Abbrev. Section",
6098 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6099 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6101 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Pointer Size (in bytes)", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6103 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6106 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6109 output_comp_unit (die)
6114 if (die->die_child == 0)
6117 /* Mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6120 build_abbrev_table (die);
6122 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6123 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6124 calc_die_sizes (die);
6126 if (die->die_symbol)
6128 secname = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
6129 sprintf (secname, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
6130 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6133 secname = (char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6135 /* Output debugging information. */
6136 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6137 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, secname);
6138 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6141 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6143 if (die->die_symbol)
6147 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6148 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6149 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6152 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6156 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6159 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6162 add_pubname (decl, die)
6168 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6171 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6173 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6174 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
6175 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6178 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6181 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6184 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6185 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6186 visible procedures. */
6191 register unsigned i;
6192 register unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6194 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, pubnames_length);
6197 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Public Names Info.",
6200 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6201 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
6204 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6206 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6207 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
6209 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset of Compilation Unit Info.",
6212 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6213 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, next_die_offset);
6215 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Compilation Unit Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6217 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6218 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
6220 register pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6222 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6223 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6226 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, pub->die->die_offset);
6228 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DIE offset", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6230 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6234 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, pub->name);
6235 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s external name", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6239 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, pub->name,
6240 (int) strlen (pub->name) + 1);
6243 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6246 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
6247 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6250 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6253 add_arange (decl, die)
6257 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6260 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6262 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6264 = (arange_ref) xrealloc (arange_table,
6265 arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6268 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6271 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6272 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6273 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6278 register unsigned i;
6279 register unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6281 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, aranges_length);
6283 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Address Ranges Info.",
6286 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6287 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
6289 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6291 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6292 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
6294 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset of Compilation Unit Info.",
6297 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6298 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6300 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Size of Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6302 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6303 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6305 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Size of Segment Descriptor",
6308 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6310 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6311 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6313 /* Pad using a 2 bytes word so that padding is correct
6314 for any pointer size. */
6315 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, 0);
6316 for (i = 2; i < DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6317 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",0");
6319 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Pad to %d byte boundary",
6320 ASM_COMMENT_START, 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6323 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6324 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
6326 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6328 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6329 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file, text_end_label,
6330 text_section_label);
6332 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6334 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6335 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
6337 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6339 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6340 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6343 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6344 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, get_AT_low_pc (die));
6347 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6348 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6349 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6351 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6352 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6353 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6357 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6360 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file,
6361 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr);
6365 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6367 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6368 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6369 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6370 get_AT_low_pc (die));
6372 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file,
6373 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size));
6376 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6378 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6381 /* Output the terminator words. */
6382 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
6383 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6384 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
6385 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6388 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6389 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6394 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6395 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6396 register unsigned opc;
6397 register unsigned n_op_args;
6398 register unsigned long ft_index;
6399 register unsigned long lt_index;
6400 register unsigned long current_line;
6401 register long line_offset;
6402 register long line_delta;
6403 register unsigned long current_file;
6404 register unsigned long function;
6406 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, ".LTEND", ".LTSTART");
6408 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Source Line Info.",
6411 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6412 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ".LTSTART");
6413 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
6415 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6417 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6418 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, size_of_line_prolog ());
6420 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Prolog Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6422 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6423 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH);
6425 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Minimum Instruction Length",
6428 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6429 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
6431 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Default is_stmt_start flag",
6434 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6435 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%d", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_BASE);
6437 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)",
6440 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6441 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%u", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_RANGE);
6443 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)",
6446 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6447 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%u", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE);
6449 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Special Opcode Base", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6451 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6452 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
6456 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
6457 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
6458 case DW_LNS_set_file:
6459 case DW_LNS_set_column:
6460 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
6467 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, n_op_args);
6469 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
6470 ASM_COMMENT_START, opc, n_op_args);
6471 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6475 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Include Directory Table\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6477 /* Include directory table is empty, at present */
6478 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6479 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6481 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s File Name Table\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6483 for (ft_index = 1; ft_index < file_table_in_use; ++ft_index)
6487 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, file_table[ft_index]);
6488 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s File Entry: 0x%lx",
6489 ASM_COMMENT_START, ft_index);
6493 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file,
6494 file_table[ft_index],
6495 (int) strlen (file_table[ft_index]) + 1);
6498 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6500 /* Include directory index */
6502 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6504 /* Modification time */
6506 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6508 /* File length in bytes */
6510 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6513 /* Terminate the file name table */
6514 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6515 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6517 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
6518 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
6519 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
6521 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
6522 a series of state machine operations. */
6525 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
6526 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
6528 register dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
6531 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
6532 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
6535 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
6536 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
6537 that anything after the last address is this line. */
6538 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6539 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
6543 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line, choosing
6544 the encoding that uses the least amount of space. */
6545 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must
6546 always use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address
6547 delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. There are no known
6548 dwarf2 aware assemblers at this time, so we can't use any special
6549 pseudo ops that would allow the assembler to optimally encode this for
6550 us. Many ports do have length attributes which will give an upper
6551 bound on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
6552 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
6553 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
6556 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
6557 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6559 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6562 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6563 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label, prev_line_label);
6564 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6568 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
6569 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
6570 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6572 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6574 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6575 output_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6576 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6577 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6578 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6579 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6580 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6582 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6584 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6585 different from the previous line. */
6586 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6588 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6589 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_set_file);
6591 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_set_file", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6593 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6594 output_uleb128 (current_file);
6596 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (\"%s\")", file_table[current_file]);
6598 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6601 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6602 that uses the least amount of space. */
6603 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6605 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6606 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6607 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6608 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6610 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
6611 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
6613 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
6614 DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta);
6616 fprintf (asm_out_file,
6617 "\t%s line %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6619 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6623 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
6624 depending on the value being encoded. */
6625 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_advance_line);
6627 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s advance to line %ld",
6628 ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6630 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6631 output_sleb128 (line_offset);
6632 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6633 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6635 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6636 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6641 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6642 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6644 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6645 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6649 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6652 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6654 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6657 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6658 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, text_end_label, prev_line_label);
6659 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6663 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6665 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6666 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6667 output_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6668 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6669 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6670 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6671 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, text_end_label);
6672 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6675 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6677 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_end_sequence", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6679 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6681 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6682 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_end_sequence);
6683 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6688 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
6690 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
6691 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
6694 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
6695 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6696 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
6697 && line_info->function == function)
6701 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
6702 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
6703 to handle it differently. */
6704 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
6706 if (function != line_info->function)
6708 function = line_info->function;
6710 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
6711 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6713 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6716 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6717 output_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6718 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6719 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6720 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6721 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6722 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6726 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
6729 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6731 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6734 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6735 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label,
6737 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6741 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6743 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6745 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6746 output_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6747 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6748 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6749 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6750 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6751 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6754 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6756 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6757 different from the previous line. */
6758 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6760 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6761 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_set_file);
6763 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_set_file", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6765 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6766 output_uleb128 (current_file);
6768 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (\"%s\")", file_table[current_file]);
6770 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6773 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6774 that uses the least amount of space. */
6775 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6777 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6778 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6779 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6780 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6782 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
6783 DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta);
6785 fprintf (asm_out_file,
6786 "\t%s line %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6788 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6792 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_advance_line);
6794 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s advance to line %ld",
6795 ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6797 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6798 output_sleb128 (line_offset);
6799 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6800 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6802 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6803 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6808 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6809 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6811 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6812 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6820 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
6821 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
6822 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
6827 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6828 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
6831 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6833 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6836 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6837 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label,
6839 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6843 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6845 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6847 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6848 output_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6849 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6850 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6851 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6852 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6853 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6856 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
6857 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6859 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_end_sequence",
6862 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6864 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6865 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_end_sequence);
6866 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6870 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
6871 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ".LTEND");
6874 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
6875 a DIE that describes the given type.
6877 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
6878 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
6881 base_type_die (type)
6884 register dw_die_ref base_type_result;
6885 register const char *type_name;
6886 register enum dwarf_type encoding;
6887 register tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
6889 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
6890 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
6895 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
6896 name = DECL_NAME (name);
6898 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
6901 type_name = "__unknown__";
6903 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6906 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
6907 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
6908 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
6910 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
6911 && (type == char_type_node
6912 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
6913 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
6915 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6916 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
6918 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
6921 /* else fall through. */
6924 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
6925 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6926 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
6928 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
6932 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
6935 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
6936 a user defined type for it. */
6938 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
6939 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
6941 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
6945 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
6946 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
6950 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
6953 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
6954 if (demangle_name_func)
6955 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
6957 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
6958 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
6959 int_size_in_bytes (type));
6960 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
6962 return base_type_result;
6965 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
6966 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
6967 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
6968 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
6969 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
6970 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
6971 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
6972 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
6978 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
6979 return error_mark_node;
6981 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6984 return error_mark_node;
6987 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
6988 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
6991 return type_main_variant (type);
6995 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
6996 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7002 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7017 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7022 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7035 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7036 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7039 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7041 register int is_const_type;
7042 register int is_volatile_type;
7043 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7045 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7046 register dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7047 register dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7048 register tree item_type = NULL;
7050 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7052 type = build_type_variant (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type);
7054 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
7056 return mod_type_die;
7058 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7059 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
7060 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
7062 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
7065 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7066 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7067 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
7070 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7071 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7072 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7073 type to which it refers. */
7075 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)),
7076 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7078 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7084 else if (is_const_type)
7086 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
7087 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7089 else if (is_volatile_type)
7091 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
7092 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7094 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7096 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
7097 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7099 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7101 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7103 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7105 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
7106 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7108 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7110 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7112 else if (is_base_type (type))
7113 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7116 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7118 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7119 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7120 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7121 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7122 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7124 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7125 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7130 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
7132 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7133 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7134 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7135 types are possible in Ada. */
7136 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
7137 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
7138 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
7141 if (sub_die != NULL)
7142 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
7144 return mod_type_die;
7147 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7148 an enumerated type. */
7154 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
7157 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7163 register unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
7165 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7167 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
7171 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
7175 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
7177 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7178 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
7181 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7182 register unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
7185 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
7187 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
7192 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7194 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7195 int_loc_descriptor (i)
7198 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7200 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7201 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7205 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
7208 else if (i <= 0xffff)
7210 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7220 else if (i >= -0x8000)
7222 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7223 || i >= -0x80000000)
7229 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
7232 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7234 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7235 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
7239 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
7240 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7241 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7243 register unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7244 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7245 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
7248 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
7250 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
7252 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
7257 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7263 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
7264 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
7265 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
7268 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7269 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7270 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7271 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7273 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7274 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7275 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7276 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7278 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7279 autoincrement addressing modes. */
7281 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7282 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
7284 enum machine_mode mode;
7286 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
7287 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7288 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7289 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7290 zeroth element of the array. */
7292 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7293 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
7296 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7300 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7301 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7306 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7307 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7308 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7309 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7310 contains the given subreg. */
7311 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7316 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7317 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7318 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7319 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7320 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7321 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7322 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7323 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7324 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7325 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7326 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7327 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7328 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7329 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
7334 dw_loc_descr_ref deref;
7336 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7338 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7339 deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
7341 deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
7343 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, deref);
7348 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7349 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7353 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7354 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7355 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = save_rtx (rtl);
7360 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7362 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
7363 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
7364 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
7365 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
7370 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
7371 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
7372 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
7375 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7377 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
7378 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
7380 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7381 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7382 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
7386 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7387 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7388 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7389 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7395 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7396 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7397 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7398 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode));
7399 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7400 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7401 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
7405 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
7412 return mem_loc_result;
7415 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7416 This is typically a complex variable. */
7418 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7419 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
7420 register rtx x0, x1;
7422 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
7424 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
7425 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
7426 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
7427 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7428 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
7430 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
7431 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
7432 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
7433 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7434 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
7436 return cc_loc_result;
7439 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7440 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7441 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7442 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7443 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
7445 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7446 loc_descriptor (rtl)
7449 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7450 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7453 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7454 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7455 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7456 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7457 contains the given subreg. */
7458 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7463 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
7467 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7471 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
7481 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl.
7482 This comes up particularly with variable length arrays. */
7484 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7485 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
7489 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL;
7490 int indirect_size = 0;
7491 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
7492 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7494 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7495 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7498 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
7506 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
7507 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
7509 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7511 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
7513 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7514 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7515 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7516 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7520 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
7522 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7523 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7525 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
7531 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7532 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc)));
7540 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
7541 enum machine_mode mode;
7543 unsigned int alignment;
7545 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
7546 &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment);
7547 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
7549 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
7551 /* Variable offset. */
7552 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
7553 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7558 /* We cannot address anything not on a unit boundary. */
7559 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7564 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0
7565 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7567 /* ??? We could handle this by loading and shifting etc.
7568 Wait until someone needs it before expending the effort. */
7572 indirect_size = bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7575 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7577 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
7578 else if (bytepos < 0)
7580 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
7581 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7587 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
7588 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
7601 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
7607 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
7617 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
7620 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7621 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
7623 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7624 add_loc_descr (&ret,
7625 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7626 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
7634 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7639 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7644 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7649 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7661 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7662 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
7663 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7677 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7678 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7682 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
7683 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
7684 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
7685 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
7690 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
7692 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7693 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
7694 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
7696 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
7697 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7698 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
7699 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
7701 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
7702 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7703 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7704 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7706 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
7707 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
7708 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7709 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7710 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7718 /* If we can't fill the request for an address, die. */
7719 if (addressp && indirect_size == 0)
7722 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
7723 if (!addressp && indirect_size > 0)
7725 if (indirect_size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7727 if (indirect_size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7730 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
7731 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, indirect_size, 0));
7737 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
7738 which is not less than the value itself. */
7740 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7741 ceiling (value, boundary)
7742 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
7743 unsigned int boundary;
7745 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
7748 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
7749 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
7750 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
7759 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7760 return integer_type_node;
7762 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
7763 if (type == NULL_TREE)
7764 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
7769 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7770 node, return the alignment in bits for the type, or else return
7771 BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to be an
7774 static inline unsigned
7775 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
7778 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
7781 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7782 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7783 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7784 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7787 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7788 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
7791 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7792 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7795 register tree type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
7797 if (! host_integerp (type_size_tree, 1))
7798 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7800 return tree_low_cst (type_size_tree, 1);
7804 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
7805 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
7806 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
7807 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
7808 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
7809 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
7811 static HOST_WIDE_INT
7812 field_byte_offset (decl)
7815 unsigned int type_align_in_bytes;
7816 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
7817 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
7818 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_align_units;
7819 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
7820 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes;
7822 tree field_size_tree;
7823 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
7824 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
7825 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
7827 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7830 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
7833 type = field_type (decl);
7834 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
7836 /* If there was an error, the size could be zero. */
7837 if (! field_size_tree)
7845 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
7846 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
7847 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
7848 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
7851 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
7853 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
7854 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
7855 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
7857 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
7859 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
7860 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
7861 type_align_in_bytes = type_align_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7863 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
7864 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
7865 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
7866 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
7867 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
7868 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
7869 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
7870 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
7873 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
7875 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
7876 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
7877 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
7878 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
7879 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
7880 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
7881 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
7882 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
7883 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
7884 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
7885 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
7886 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
7887 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
7888 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
7889 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
7890 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
7891 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
7892 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
7893 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
7894 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
7895 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
7896 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
7897 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
7898 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
7899 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
7902 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
7903 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
7904 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
7906 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
7907 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
7908 object_offset_in_bits
7909 = ceiling (deepest_bitpos, type_align_in_bits) - type_size_in_bits;
7911 /* Compute the offset of the containing object in "alignment units". */
7912 object_offset_in_align_units = object_offset_in_bits / type_align_in_bits;
7914 /* Compute the offset of the containing object in bytes. */
7915 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_align_units * type_align_in_bytes;
7917 return object_offset_in_bytes;
7920 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
7921 associated with them. */
7923 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
7925 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
7926 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
7927 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
7930 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
7932 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
7935 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
7936 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
7937 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
7938 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
7939 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
7940 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
7941 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
7942 question had been optimized out of existence. */
7944 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
7945 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
7946 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
7947 /* This can happen for a PARM_DECL with a DECL_INCOMING_RTL which
7948 references the internal argument pointer (a pseudo) in a function
7949 where all references to the internal argument pointer were
7950 eliminated via the optimizers. */
7951 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
7952 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == PLUS
7953 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)))
7954 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
7955 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
7956 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
7959 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
7962 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
7963 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
7964 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
7965 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
7966 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
7967 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
7968 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
7969 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
7970 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
7971 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
7972 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
7973 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
7974 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
7975 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
7976 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
7977 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
7978 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
7979 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
7982 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
7983 register dw_die_ref die;
7986 register unsigned long offset;
7987 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
7988 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7990 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
7991 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
7993 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
7995 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
7996 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
7997 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
7999 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8000 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
8001 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
8004 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
8007 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
8008 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
8011 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8012 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8013 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8014 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8015 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8018 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
8019 register dw_die_ref die;
8022 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8025 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer or a
8026 floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever the constant
8027 will fit into a single word. In all such cases, the original mode
8028 of the constant value is wiped out, and the CONST_INT rtx is
8029 assigned VOIDmode. */
8030 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned) INTVAL (rtl));
8034 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8035 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8036 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8037 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8039 register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8041 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
8043 register unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
8044 long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
8047 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
8051 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
8055 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8060 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8067 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
8070 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8071 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
8076 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
8082 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, save_rtx (rtl));
8086 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8087 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8088 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8089 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8090 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8091 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8092 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8093 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8094 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8095 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8096 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8100 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8107 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
8112 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8113 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8114 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8116 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8117 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8118 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8119 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8120 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8121 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8122 referenced within the function.
8124 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8125 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8126 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8127 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8129 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8130 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8131 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8132 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8133 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8134 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8136 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8137 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8138 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8139 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8140 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8141 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8142 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8143 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8144 output at debug-time.
8146 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8147 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8148 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8149 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8150 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8151 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8152 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8153 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8154 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8155 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8156 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8157 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8158 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8160 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8161 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
8162 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
8163 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
8164 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
8165 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
8166 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
8167 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
8168 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
8170 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
8171 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
8172 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
8173 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
8174 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
8175 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8176 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
8177 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
8178 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
8179 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
8180 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
8181 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
8182 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
8183 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
8184 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8187 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8188 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
8190 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
8192 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
8194 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8195 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
8197 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8198 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8199 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8200 if (declared_type == passed_type)
8201 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8202 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8203 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
8204 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
8205 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
8206 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8209 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8210 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8211 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8212 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8213 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8214 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8216 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8217 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
8218 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8219 /* Not passed in memory. */
8220 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
8221 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8222 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
8223 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8224 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8225 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8226 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8229 /* Big endian correction check. */
8231 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
8232 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
8235 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
8236 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
8237 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8238 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
8242 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
8244 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
8245 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8246 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8247 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
8254 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8255 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8256 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8257 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8258 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8259 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8260 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8261 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8262 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8263 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8266 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
8267 register dw_die_ref die;
8272 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8275 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
8278 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
8279 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8282 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8285 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8296 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8297 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
8304 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
8312 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8313 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8314 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8317 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
8321 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8322 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8324 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
8325 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
8330 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8333 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
8334 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8335 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8337 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8338 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
8339 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8346 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8347 the value of the attribute. */
8350 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
8351 register dw_die_ref die;
8352 register const char *name_string;
8354 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
8356 if (demangle_name_func)
8357 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
8359 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
8363 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8364 a representation for that bound. */
8367 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
8368 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8369 register enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
8370 register tree bound;
8372 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
8373 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
8374 the type is instantiated. */
8375 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
8378 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
8383 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8385 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
8386 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
8387 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
8388 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
8389 /* use the default */
8392 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
8397 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8398 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
8402 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8403 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8404 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8405 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8406 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8407 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8408 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8409 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8410 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8411 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8412 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8413 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8414 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8415 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8416 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in a array
8417 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8418 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8419 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8421 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8422 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8423 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8424 if (! optimize || (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
8425 && GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
8427 register dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8428 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8429 register rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
8431 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8432 it references an outer function's frame. */
8434 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
8436 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
8438 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
8439 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
8442 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8443 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8444 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8445 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8448 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
8454 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
8456 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
8457 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
8458 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
8459 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
8461 if (decl_die != NULL)
8462 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8468 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
8469 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
8471 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
8472 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8474 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
8478 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8480 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8481 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8482 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8483 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8485 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8491 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
8492 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
8495 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
8496 register dw_die_ref type_die;
8499 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8500 register unsigned dimension_number;
8502 register tree lower, upper;
8503 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8505 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
8506 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
8507 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
8508 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
8509 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
8510 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
8511 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
8512 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
8514 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8515 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8516 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8517 gen_array_type_die. */
8518 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8519 for (dimension_number = 0;
8520 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
8521 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
8524 register tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
8526 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
8527 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
8529 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
8532 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
8533 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
8534 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
8536 /* define the index type. */
8537 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
8539 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
8540 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
8541 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
8542 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
8543 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
8544 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8545 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
8548 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
8552 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
8553 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
8555 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
8556 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
8557 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
8559 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
8561 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
8564 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
8565 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
8569 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8575 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
8577 register tree tree_node;
8579 register unsigned size;
8581 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
8589 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8590 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
8593 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
8594 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
8595 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
8596 even for bit-fields. */
8597 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8603 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
8604 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
8605 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
8606 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
8608 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
8611 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
8612 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
8613 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
8616 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
8617 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
8618 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
8619 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
8620 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
8621 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
8622 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
8624 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
8625 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8626 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
8629 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
8630 register dw_die_ref die;
8633 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
8634 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8635 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8636 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
8637 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
8638 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
8640 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8642 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8645 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
8646 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
8647 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
8648 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
8649 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8652 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8654 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
8655 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
8656 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
8657 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
8658 below must take account of these differences. */
8659 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8660 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
8662 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
8664 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
8665 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8669 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8670 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
8671 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
8673 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
8676 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
8677 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
8680 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
8681 register dw_die_ref die;
8684 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8685 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
8686 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
8689 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8690 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
8693 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
8694 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
8697 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
8698 register dw_die_ref die;
8699 register tree func_type;
8701 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
8702 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
8703 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
8706 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
8707 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
8711 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
8712 register dw_die_ref die;
8713 register tree origin;
8715 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
8717 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
8719 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
8720 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
8721 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
8723 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
8724 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
8727 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
8728 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
8730 gen_abstract_function (fn);
8733 if (DECL_P (origin))
8734 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
8735 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
8736 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
8738 if (origin_die == NULL)
8741 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
8744 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
8747 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
8748 register dw_die_ref die;
8749 register tree func_decl;
8751 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
8753 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
8755 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
8756 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
8757 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
8758 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
8761 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
8762 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8763 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
8764 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
8768 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
8771 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
8772 register dw_die_ref die;
8775 register unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8777 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8778 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8781 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
8782 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
8785 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
8786 register dw_die_ref die;
8789 register tree decl_name;
8791 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
8792 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
8794 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
8795 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8796 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
8798 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
8799 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
8800 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
8801 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
8802 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
8806 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
8809 push_decl_scope (scope)
8812 /* Make room in the decl_scope_table, if necessary. */
8813 if (decl_scope_table_allocated == decl_scope_depth)
8815 decl_scope_table_allocated += DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
8817 = (tree *) xrealloc (decl_scope_table,
8818 decl_scope_table_allocated * sizeof (tree));
8821 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth] = scope;
8825 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
8829 if (decl_scope_depth <= 0)
8834 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
8835 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
8836 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
8837 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
8838 the current active scope. */
8841 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
8843 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8845 register dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
8846 register tree containing_scope;
8849 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
8853 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
8855 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
8856 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
8857 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
8859 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
8860 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
8861 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
8862 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
8863 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
8865 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
8866 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
8867 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
8869 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
8870 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
8871 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
8873 for (i = decl_scope_depth - 1; i >= 0; --i)
8874 if (decl_scope_table[i] == containing_scope)
8879 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
8880 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
8883 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
8884 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
8887 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
8890 scope_die = context_die;
8895 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
8897 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
8899 local_scope_p (context_die)
8900 dw_die_ref context_die;
8902 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
8903 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
8904 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8909 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
8911 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
8913 class_scope_p (context_die)
8914 dw_die_ref context_die;
8917 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
8918 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
8921 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
8922 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
8923 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
8926 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
8927 register dw_die_ref object_die;
8929 register int decl_const;
8930 register int decl_volatile;
8931 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8933 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8934 register dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
8936 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
8937 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
8938 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
8939 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
8940 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
8941 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
8942 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
8944 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8947 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
8948 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
8949 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
8950 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
8953 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
8954 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
8955 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
8957 if (type_die != NULL)
8958 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
8961 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
8962 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
8963 was declared without a tag. */
8969 register const char *name = 0;
8971 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
8973 register tree t = 0;
8975 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
8976 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8977 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
8979 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
8980 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
8982 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
8983 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
8984 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
8986 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
8988 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
8991 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
8994 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
8995 for bit field types. */
8998 member_declared_type (member)
8999 register tree member;
9001 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9002 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9003 : TREE_TYPE (member));
9006 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9007 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9011 decl_start_label (decl)
9016 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
9017 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
9021 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
9024 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
9029 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9030 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9031 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9034 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
9036 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9038 register dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9039 register dw_die_ref array_die;
9040 register tree element_type;
9042 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9043 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9044 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9045 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9046 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9049 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
9052 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9053 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9054 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9055 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9056 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9057 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9058 for multidimensional arrays. */
9059 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
9062 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9063 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9064 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9065 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
9066 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9069 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
9071 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
9072 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
9074 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9075 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9077 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9078 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9079 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9080 add_subscript_info. */
9081 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9082 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9083 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
9085 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
9088 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9092 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
9094 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9096 register dw_die_ref type_die
9097 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9099 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9100 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9105 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
9107 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9109 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9110 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
9112 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
9115 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9116 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9120 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9121 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
9123 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
9127 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
9130 add_incomplete_type (type)
9133 if (incomplete_types == incomplete_types_allocated)
9135 incomplete_types_allocated += INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT;
9136 incomplete_types_list
9137 = (tree *) xrealloc (incomplete_types_list,
9138 sizeof (tree) * incomplete_types_allocated);
9141 incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types++] = type;
9144 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9145 emit full debugging info for them. */
9148 retry_incomplete_types ()
9152 while (incomplete_types)
9155 type = incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types];
9156 gen_type_die (type, comp_unit_die);
9160 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9163 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9165 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9167 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9169 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9170 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9171 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9174 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9177 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
9179 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9181 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die);
9183 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9184 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9185 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9188 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9191 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9193 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9195 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die);
9197 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9198 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9199 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9202 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9203 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9204 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9208 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9210 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9212 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9214 if (type_die == NULL)
9216 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9217 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9218 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9219 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9221 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9224 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9226 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9227 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9228 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9229 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9233 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9234 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9235 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9236 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9238 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9239 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9240 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9241 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
9243 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
9244 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9246 register dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
9248 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
9249 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
9251 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
9253 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
9254 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9255 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9257 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9258 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9263 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9266 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9267 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9270 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9271 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9272 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9273 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9274 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9275 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9276 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9277 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9280 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
9282 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9284 register dw_die_ref parm_die
9285 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
9286 register tree origin;
9288 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
9291 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
9293 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
9296 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
9297 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
9298 TREE_READONLY (node),
9299 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
9301 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
9302 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9305 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
9306 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
9307 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
9312 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9313 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
9323 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9324 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9327 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
9328 register tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9329 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9331 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
9334 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9335 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9336 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9337 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9340 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
9341 register tree function_or_method_type;
9342 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9345 register tree formal_type = NULL;
9346 register tree first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9349 /* In the case where we are generating a formal types list for a C++
9350 non-static member function type, skip over the first thing on the
9351 TYPE_ARG_TYPES list because it only represents the type of the hidden
9352 `this pointer'. The debugger should be able to figure out (without
9353 being explicitly told) that this non-static member function type takes a
9354 `this pointer' and should be able to figure what the type of that hidden
9355 parameter is from the DW_AT_member attribute of the parent
9356 DW_TAG_subroutine_type DIE. */
9357 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE)
9358 first_parm_type = TREE_CHAIN (first_parm_type);
9361 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9362 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9363 for (link = first_parm_type; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9365 register dw_die_ref parm_die;
9367 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9368 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9371 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9372 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
9373 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
9374 && link == first_parm_type)
9375 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9378 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9379 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9380 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
9381 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
9383 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9384 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9385 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9387 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9389 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9390 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9393 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
9397 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9398 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9399 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9400 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9401 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9404 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
9406 dw_die_ref context_die;
9408 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9410 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9411 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9412 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
9413 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
9415 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
9418 push_decl_scope (type);
9419 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9420 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9422 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9427 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance
9428 of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or
9429 out-of-line instances of. */
9432 gen_abstract_function (decl)
9435 register dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9438 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9439 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9442 save_fn = current_function_decl;
9443 current_function_decl = decl;
9445 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
9446 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
9447 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
9449 current_function_decl = save_fn;
9452 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
9456 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
9458 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9460 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9461 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9462 register dw_die_ref subr_die;
9463 register rtx fp_reg;
9464 register tree fn_arg_types;
9465 register tree outer_scope;
9466 register dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9467 register int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
9468 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9470 /* Note that it is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and `declaration'
9471 be true, if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline,
9472 decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the
9473 declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. In that
9474 case, `declaration' takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract
9475 instance when we're done with the class. */
9477 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
9478 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
9487 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
9490 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
9492 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
9493 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
9495 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9496 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
9498 else if (old_die && DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
9499 && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9501 /* This must be a redefinition of an extern inline function.
9502 We can just reuse the old die here. */
9505 /* Clear out the inlined attribute and parm types. */
9506 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_inline);
9507 remove_children (subr_die);
9511 register unsigned file_index
9512 = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9514 if (get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) != 1)
9516 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
9517 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
9518 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
9519 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
9520 we got here because of a input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
9526 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
9527 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
9528 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
9529 debugger can find it. For inlines, that is the concrete instance,
9530 so we can use the old DIE here. For non-inline methods, we want a
9531 specification DIE at toplevel, so we need a new DIE. For local
9532 class methods, this doesn't apply; we just use the old DIE. */
9533 if ((DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die
9534 || context_die == NULL)
9535 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9536 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
9537 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9538 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
9542 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
9543 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9544 remove_children (subr_die);
9548 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9549 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9550 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9551 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9552 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9553 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9555 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9560 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9562 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9563 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9565 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
9566 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9568 register tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9570 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
9571 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9574 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
9575 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9576 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9577 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9578 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9579 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9580 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9586 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9588 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
9589 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
9590 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
9591 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
9592 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9593 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9595 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9597 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
9599 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
9600 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
9601 We can't get this completely correct because information
9602 about whether the function was declared inline is not
9604 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
9605 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
9607 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
9610 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
9612 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9614 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
9616 if (origin == NULL_TREE)
9617 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
9620 current_funcdef_number);
9621 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
9622 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
9623 current_funcdef_number);
9624 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
9626 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
9627 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
9629 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9630 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
9631 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
9634 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
9635 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
9636 variables is relative to one of them. */
9638 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
9639 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
9642 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
9643 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
9644 if (current_function_needs_context)
9645 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
9646 lookup_static_chain (decl));
9650 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
9651 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
9652 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
9653 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
9654 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
9655 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
9656 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
9657 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
9658 an ellipsis at the end. */
9660 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
9661 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
9662 its formal parameters. */
9663 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9665 else if (declaration)
9666 gen_formal_types_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), subr_die);
9669 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
9670 register tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
9673 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
9674 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
9675 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
9676 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
9678 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
9679 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
9680 "__builtin_va_alist"))
9681 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
9683 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
9686 /* Decide whether we need a unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
9687 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
9688 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
9689 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
9690 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
9691 parameters at all. */
9692 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9693 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
9695 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
9696 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
9697 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
9699 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
9700 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
9703 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
9704 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
9705 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9707 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
9708 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
9709 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
9710 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
9711 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
9712 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
9713 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
9714 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
9715 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
9716 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
9717 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
9718 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
9719 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
9720 constructor function. */
9721 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
9723 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
9724 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
9726 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
9727 if (current_function_has_inlines)
9729 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
9730 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
9732 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
9733 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
9740 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
9743 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
9745 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9747 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9748 register dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
9750 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9751 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
9752 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9755 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
9756 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
9757 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
9758 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
9759 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
9761 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
9762 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
9764 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
9765 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9766 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
9768 register unsigned file_index
9769 = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9771 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9772 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9774 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9775 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9777 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
9778 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9783 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
9784 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
9785 TREE_READONLY (decl),
9786 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
9788 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9789 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9791 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9792 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9794 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9795 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9797 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9798 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9802 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9804 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9805 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
9807 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9809 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
9810 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
9813 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
9816 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
9819 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
9821 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9823 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9824 register dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
9826 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9827 char label2[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9830 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
9832 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
9834 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9835 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
9838 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
9840 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
9841 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
9842 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
9843 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
9844 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
9845 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
9847 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
9848 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
9849 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
9850 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
9851 it if it ever does happen. */
9852 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
9855 sprintf (label2, INSN_LABEL_FMT, current_funcdef_number);
9856 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, label2,
9857 (unsigned) INSN_UID (insn));
9858 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
9863 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
9866 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
9868 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9871 register dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
9872 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9874 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
9876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
9877 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
9878 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
9879 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
9880 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
9881 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
9884 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
9887 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
9890 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
9892 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9895 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
9897 register dw_die_ref subr_die
9898 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
9899 register tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
9900 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9902 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
9903 gen_abstract_function (decl);
9905 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
9906 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
9907 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
9908 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
9909 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
9910 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
9911 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
9912 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
9913 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
9917 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
9920 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
9922 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9924 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
9926 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9927 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
9928 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
9931 /* If this is a bit field... */
9932 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9934 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
9935 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
9936 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
9939 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
9940 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
9942 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9943 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9945 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9946 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9948 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9949 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9953 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
9954 Use modified_type_die instead.
9955 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
9956 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
9958 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
9960 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9962 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
9963 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9965 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
9966 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9967 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
9970 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
9971 Use modified_type_die instead.
9972 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
9973 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
9975 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
9977 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9979 register dw_die_ref ref_die
9980 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9982 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
9983 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9984 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
9988 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
9990 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
9992 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9994 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
9995 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9997 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
9998 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
9999 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
10000 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10003 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10006 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
10007 register const char *filename;
10009 register dw_die_ref die;
10010 char producer[250];
10011 const char *wd = getpwd ();
10014 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
10015 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
10017 if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
10018 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10020 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
10022 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10023 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10024 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10025 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10026 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10027 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10028 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10029 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10030 strcat (producer, " -g");
10033 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
10035 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
10036 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
10037 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10038 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
10039 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
10040 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
10041 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10042 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
10043 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
10044 language = DW_LANG_Java;
10045 else if (flag_traditional)
10046 language = DW_LANG_C;
10048 language = DW_LANG_C89;
10050 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
10055 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10058 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
10059 register tree type;
10060 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10062 register dw_die_ref type_die
10063 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10065 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10067 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
10069 /* TODO: add string length info.
10070 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
10071 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
10074 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10077 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
10078 register tree binfo;
10079 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10081 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
10083 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
10084 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
10086 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
10087 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10088 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
10089 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
10090 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
10091 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10094 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10097 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
10098 register tree type;
10099 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10101 register tree member;
10104 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10105 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10106 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10107 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10108 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10109 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
10110 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10111 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10112 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
10113 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
10114 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
10117 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10118 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
10120 register tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
10121 register int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
10124 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
10125 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
10128 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10129 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10131 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10132 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10133 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10134 do put them in the right order. */
10136 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10138 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10140 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10143 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10144 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10146 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10148 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10150 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10154 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10155 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10156 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10159 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10160 register tree type;
10161 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10163 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10164 register dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
10165 register int nested = 0;
10166 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
10167 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
10168 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
10170 if (type_die && ! complete)
10173 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
10174 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10177 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10179 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
10180 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10182 register dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
10184 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
10185 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
10187 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10189 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10191 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10194 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10196 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10197 then give a list of members. */
10200 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10201 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10202 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10203 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10204 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10205 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10207 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10208 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10209 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10210 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
10212 push_decl_scope (type);
10213 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
10216 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10217 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
10219 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
10221 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
10222 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10223 lookup_type_die (vtype));
10228 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10230 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10231 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
10232 add_incomplete_type (type);
10236 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10239 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
10240 register tree type;
10241 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10243 register tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10244 register dw_die_ref subr_die
10245 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10247 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
10248 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
10249 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10250 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
10253 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10256 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
10257 register tree decl;
10258 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10260 register dw_die_ref type_die;
10261 register tree origin;
10263 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10265 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
10267 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die);
10268 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10269 if (origin != NULL)
10270 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
10273 register tree type;
10274 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
10275 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
10277 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
10279 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
10282 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
10285 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10286 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
10287 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10290 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10291 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
10294 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10297 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
10298 register tree type;
10299 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10303 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10306 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10307 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10308 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10309 type = type_main_variant (type);
10311 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10314 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10315 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10317 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10318 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
10322 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10328 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10329 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10330 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10331 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10332 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10334 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10336 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10337 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10338 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10342 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10343 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10344 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
10346 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10347 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10349 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10351 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
10355 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
10356 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
10360 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10361 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10364 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10365 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10366 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10367 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10371 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10372 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10373 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10377 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
10379 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10380 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
10383 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
10387 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type), context_die);
10390 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10393 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10394 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
10395 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.
10396 This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates;
10397 they need to be added to the containing class as they are
10398 generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls
10399 from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template
10400 instantiations we'll get. */
10401 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
10402 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
10403 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10405 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
10407 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10410 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10411 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10412 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10418 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
10419 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10421 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10426 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
10427 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
10428 when appropriate. */
10437 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
10441 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
10448 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10451 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
10454 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
10455 register tree type;
10456 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10458 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10461 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10462 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
10463 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
10465 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
10468 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
10469 an instance of an unresolved type. */
10471 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10476 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10477 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10481 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
10485 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10486 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10494 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
10495 things which are local to the given block. */
10498 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10499 register tree stmt;
10500 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10503 register int must_output_die = 0;
10504 register tree origin;
10505 register tree decl;
10506 register enum tree_code origin_code;
10508 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10510 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
10511 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
10514 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
10515 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
10516 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
10517 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
10518 the current block. */
10519 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10520 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
10522 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
10524 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10525 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
10526 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
10527 must_output_die = 1;
10530 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
10531 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
10532 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
10533 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
10534 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
10535 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
10536 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
10537 `must_output_die' flag. */
10538 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
10540 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
10541 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
10542 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10543 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
10544 as being a "significant" one. */
10545 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
10547 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
10548 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
10549 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10550 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10551 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
10552 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10554 must_output_die = 1;
10560 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
10561 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
10562 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
10563 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
10564 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
10565 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
10566 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
10567 if (must_output_die)
10569 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10570 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10572 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10575 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
10578 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
10579 all of its sub-blocks. */
10582 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
10583 register tree stmt;
10584 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10587 register tree decl;
10588 register tree subblocks;
10590 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10591 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
10594 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
10595 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
10596 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
10597 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
10598 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10599 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10601 register dw_die_ref die;
10603 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10604 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10605 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10606 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10610 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
10611 add_child_die (context_die, die);
10613 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
10616 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
10617 therein) of this block. */
10618 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
10620 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
10621 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
10624 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
10627 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
10628 register tree decl;
10630 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10633 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10634 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
10635 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
10636 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
10637 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
10638 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
10644 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
10647 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
10648 register tree decl;
10649 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10651 register tree origin;
10653 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10656 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10657 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
10660 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
10663 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
10664 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
10667 case FUNCTION_DECL:
10668 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
10669 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
10670 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
10671 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
10674 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
10675 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
10676 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10677 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
10678 /* gen_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just a
10679 declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
10680 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
10681 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10683 gen_abstract_function (decl);
10684 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
10687 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10689 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
10690 have described its return type. */
10691 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
10693 /* And its virtual context. */
10694 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10695 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
10697 /* And its containing type. */
10698 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
10699 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
10700 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
10703 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
10704 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
10708 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10709 actual typedefs. */
10710 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10713 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
10714 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
10715 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
10716 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
10717 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
10718 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
10720 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10722 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10726 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
10727 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10729 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
10730 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
10734 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
10735 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
10739 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10740 variable declarations or definitions. */
10741 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10744 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
10746 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10748 /* And its containing type. */
10749 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
10750 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
10751 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
10753 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
10754 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
10755 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
10757 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10758 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
10759 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
10761 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
10765 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
10766 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
10767 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
10768 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
10770 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
10771 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
10776 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10777 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
10780 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
10781 /* Ignore for now. */
10789 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
10792 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
10793 const char *filename;
10794 const char *context_list;
10796 unsigned int file_index;
10798 if (filename != NULL)
10800 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die);
10801 tree context_list_decl
10802 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
10805 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
10806 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
10807 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
10808 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10809 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
10813 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
10816 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
10817 register tree decl;
10819 register dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
10821 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10824 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10825 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
10828 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
10830 case FUNCTION_DECL:
10831 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
10832 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
10833 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
10834 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
10837 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
10838 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
10839 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
10840 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
10841 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
10842 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
10843 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
10844 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
10845 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
10846 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
10847 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
10848 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
10849 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
10850 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
10851 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
10852 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
10853 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
10854 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
10855 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
10856 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
10857 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
10858 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
10859 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
10860 within include files which also contain
10861 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
10862 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10865 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
10866 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
10867 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
10868 if (decl_function_context (decl))
10869 context_die = NULL;
10874 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
10875 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
10876 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
10877 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
10878 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
10879 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
10880 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
10881 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
10882 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
10885 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10886 variable declarations or definitions. */
10887 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10892 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
10893 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
10896 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
10897 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
10898 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
10900 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
10901 comparisons have. */
10902 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
10903 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
10904 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
10905 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
10910 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
10911 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10914 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
10915 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
10916 if (decl_function_context (decl))
10917 context_die = NULL;
10925 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
10928 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
10929 a lexical block. */
10932 dwarf2out_begin_block (blocknum)
10933 register unsigned blocknum;
10935 function_section (current_function_decl);
10936 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
10939 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
10943 dwarf2out_end_block (blocknum)
10944 register unsigned blocknum;
10946 function_section (current_function_decl);
10947 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
10950 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
10951 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
10953 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
10954 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
10955 we may end up calling them anyway. */
10958 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
10962 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10963 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
10964 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
10969 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) at a point in the assembly code which
10970 corresponds to a given source level label. */
10973 dwarf2out_label (insn)
10976 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10978 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
10980 function_section (current_function_decl);
10981 sprintf (label, INSN_LABEL_FMT, current_funcdef_number);
10982 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, label,
10983 (unsigned) INSN_UID (insn));
10987 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
10988 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
10989 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
10990 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
10991 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
10992 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
10993 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
10994 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
10995 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
10996 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
10999 lookup_filename (file_name)
11000 const char *file_name;
11002 static unsigned last_file_lookup_index = 0;
11003 register unsigned i;
11005 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous call
11006 matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11007 if (last_file_lookup_index != 0)
11008 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table[last_file_lookup_index]) == 0)
11009 return last_file_lookup_index;
11011 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11012 for (i = 1; i < file_table_in_use; ++i)
11013 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table[i]) == 0)
11015 last_file_lookup_index = i;
11019 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11020 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11021 if (file_table_in_use == file_table_allocated)
11023 file_table_allocated += FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11025 = (char **) xrealloc (file_table,
11026 file_table_allocated * sizeof (char *));
11029 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11030 file_table[file_table_in_use] = xstrdup (file_name);
11031 last_file_lookup_index = file_table_in_use++;
11033 return last_file_lookup_index;
11036 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11037 and record information relating to this source line, in
11038 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11041 dwarf2out_line (filename, line)
11042 register const char *filename;
11043 register unsigned line;
11045 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11047 function_section (current_function_decl);
11049 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11051 static const char *lastfile;
11053 /* Emit the .file and .loc directives understood by GNU as. */
11054 if (lastfile == 0 || strcmp (filename, lastfile))
11057 ggc_add_string_root ((char **) &lastfile, 1);
11059 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file 0 \"%s\"\n", filename);
11060 lastfile = filename;
11063 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc 0 %d 0\n", line);
11065 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11066 ++line_info_table_in_use;
11068 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11069 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11070 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use;
11072 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11074 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
11075 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11076 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
11077 if (flag_debug_asm)
11078 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s line %d", ASM_COMMENT_START, line);
11079 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11081 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11082 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11083 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
11085 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11086 separate_line_info_table
11087 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
11088 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
11089 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11090 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
11093 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11095 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
11096 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11097 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11098 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
11102 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
11104 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11105 line_info_table_in_use);
11106 if (flag_debug_asm)
11107 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s line %d", ASM_COMMENT_START, line);
11108 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11110 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11111 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
11113 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11115 = (dw_line_info_ref)
11116 xrealloc (line_info_table,
11117 (line_info_table_allocated
11118 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
11121 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11122 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
11123 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11124 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11129 /* Record the beginning of a new source file, for later output
11130 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
11133 dwarf2out_start_source_file (filename)
11134 register const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11136 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11138 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11139 dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die);
11140 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
11144 /* Record the end of a source file, for later output
11145 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
11148 dwarf2out_end_source_file ()
11150 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11152 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11153 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die);
11157 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
11158 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11159 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11162 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
11163 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11164 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11166 static int initialized = 0;
11169 dwarf2out_start_source_file (primary_filename);
11174 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
11175 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11176 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11179 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
11180 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11181 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11185 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11188 dwarf2out_init (asm_out_file, main_input_filename)
11189 register FILE *asm_out_file;
11190 register const char *main_input_filename;
11192 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11193 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
11195 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11196 file_table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
11197 file_table_allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11199 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11200 file_table_in_use = 1;
11202 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11204 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11205 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11206 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
11208 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11210 = (tree *) xcalloc (DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (tree));
11211 decl_scope_table_allocated = DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11212 decl_scope_depth = 0;
11214 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11216 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11217 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11218 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11219 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11220 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
11222 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11224 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11225 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
11226 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11227 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11228 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
11230 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11231 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11232 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11233 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11234 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11235 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
11237 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11238 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
11240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11241 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label, ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11242 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11243 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11245 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
11246 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
11247 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11248 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
11249 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11251 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ABBREV_SECTION);
11252 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
11253 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11255 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
11256 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
11258 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION);
11259 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11260 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
11261 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
11264 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11265 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11268 dwarf2out_finish ()
11270 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
11273 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11274 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11275 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11276 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11278 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
11280 next_node = node->next;
11283 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
11285 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
11287 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
11288 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
11295 limbo_die_list = NULL;
11297 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11298 emit full debugging info for them. */
11299 retry_incomplete_types ();
11301 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11302 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11303 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
11305 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11306 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11307 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11308 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
11310 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11311 that have children. */
11312 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
11313 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11314 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
11316 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
11317 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11318 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
11319 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11322 /* Output a terminator label for the .data section. */
11323 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11324 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DATA_SECTION);
11325 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, DATA_END_LABEL, 0);
11327 /* Output a terminator label for the .bss section. */
11328 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11329 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, BSS_SECTION);
11330 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BSS_END_LABEL, 0);
11333 /* Output the source line correspondence table. */
11334 if (line_info_table_in_use > 1 || separate_line_info_table_in_use)
11336 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11338 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11339 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
11340 output_line_info ();
11343 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code
11345 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
11347 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
11348 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
11351 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
11352 debug_line_section_label);
11355 #if 0 /* unimplemented */
11356 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE && primary)
11357 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_macro_info, 0);
11360 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
11361 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
11362 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11363 output_comp_unit (node->die);
11364 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
11366 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
11367 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11368 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ABBREV_SECTION);
11369 output_abbrev_section ();
11371 if (pubname_table_in_use)
11373 /* Output public names table. */
11374 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11375 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, PUBNAMES_SECTION);
11376 output_pubnames ();
11379 /* We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if
11380 we don't have any. */
11381 if (fde_table_in_use)
11383 /* Output the address range information. */
11384 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
11385 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ARANGES_SECTION);
11389 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */